1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = 41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I); 42 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One()); 43 } 44 } 45 46 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 47 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 48 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 49 } 50 51 ABIArgInfo 52 ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByRef, bool Realign, 53 llvm::Type *Padding) const { 54 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), 55 ByRef, Realign, Padding); 56 } 57 58 ABIArgInfo 59 ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const { 60 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), 61 /*ByRef*/ false, Realign); 62 } 63 64 Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 65 QualType Ty) const { 66 return Address::invalid(); 67 } 68 69 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 70 71 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 72 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 73 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 74 if (!RD) 75 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 76 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 77 } 78 79 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 80 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 81 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 82 if (!RT) 83 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 84 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 85 } 86 87 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema 88 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type". 89 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) { 90 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) { 91 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 92 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 93 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union"); 94 return UD->field_begin()->getType(); 95 } 96 } 97 return Ty; 98 } 99 100 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 101 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 102 } 103 104 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 105 return CGT.getContext(); 106 } 107 108 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 109 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 110 } 111 112 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 113 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 114 } 115 116 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 117 return CGT.getTarget(); 118 } 119 120 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 121 return false; 122 } 123 124 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 125 uint64_t Members) const { 126 return false; 127 } 128 129 bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const { 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 134 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 135 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 136 switch (TheKind) { 137 case Direct: 138 OS << "Direct Type="; 139 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 140 Ty->print(OS); 141 else 142 OS << "null"; 143 break; 144 case Extend: 145 OS << "Extend"; 146 break; 147 case Ignore: 148 OS << "Ignore"; 149 break; 150 case InAlloca: 151 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 152 break; 153 case Indirect: 154 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity() 155 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 156 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 157 break; 158 case Expand: 159 OS << "Expand"; 160 break; 161 } 162 OS << ")\n"; 163 } 164 165 // Dynamically round a pointer up to a multiple of the given alignment. 166 static llvm::Value *emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CodeGenFunction &CGF, 167 llvm::Value *Ptr, 168 CharUnits Align) { 169 llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr; 170 // OverflowArgArea = (OverflowArgArea + Align - 1) & -Align; 171 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy); 172 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt, 173 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, Align.getQuantity() - 1)); 174 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt, 175 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -Align.getQuantity())); 176 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt, 177 Ptr->getType(), 178 Ptr->getName() + ".aligned"); 179 return PtrAsInt; 180 } 181 182 /// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation, 183 /// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack. 184 /// 185 /// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules. 186 /// 187 /// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot. 188 /// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of 189 /// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value. 190 /// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap; 191 /// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size 192 /// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially 193 /// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. If this 194 /// is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than 195 /// DirectAlign. 196 static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, 197 Address VAListAddr, 198 llvm::Type *DirectTy, 199 CharUnits DirectSize, 200 CharUnits DirectAlign, 201 CharUnits SlotSize, 202 bool AllowHigherAlign) { 203 // Cast the element type to i8* if necessary. Some platforms define 204 // va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*. 205 if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy) 206 VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 207 208 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur"); 209 210 // If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed. 211 Address Addr = Address::invalid(); 212 if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) { 213 Addr = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, DirectAlign), 214 DirectAlign); 215 } else { 216 Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize); 217 } 218 219 // Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back. 220 CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize); 221 llvm::Value *NextPtr = 222 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), FullDirectSize, 223 "argp.next"); 224 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr); 225 226 // If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian 227 // target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot. 228 if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 229 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize); 230 } 231 232 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy); 233 return Addr; 234 } 235 236 /// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation, 237 /// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack. 238 /// 239 /// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly. 240 /// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally 241 /// computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy). 242 /// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot. 243 /// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of 244 /// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value. 245 /// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap; 246 /// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size 247 /// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially 248 /// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. 249 static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 250 QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect, 251 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> ValueInfo, 252 CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign, 253 bool AllowHigherAlign) { 254 // The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly. 255 CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign; 256 if (IsIndirect) { 257 DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize(); 258 DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign(); 259 } else { 260 DirectSize = ValueInfo.first; 261 DirectAlign = ValueInfo.second; 262 } 263 264 // Cast the address we've calculated to the right type. 265 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy); 266 if (IsIndirect) 267 DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0); 268 269 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy, 270 DirectSize, DirectAlign, 271 SlotSizeAndAlign, 272 AllowHigherAlign); 273 274 if (IsIndirect) { 275 Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.second); 276 } 277 278 return Addr; 279 280 } 281 282 static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF, 283 Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1, 284 Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2, 285 const llvm::Twine &Name = "") { 286 assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType()); 287 llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name); 288 PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1); 289 PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2); 290 CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment()); 291 return Address(PHI, Align); 292 } 293 294 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 295 296 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 297 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 298 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 299 // Verified for: 300 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 301 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 302 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 303 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 304 // AArch64 Linux 305 return 32; 306 } 307 308 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 309 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 310 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 311 // x86_stdcall 312 // MIPS 313 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 314 return false; 315 } 316 317 void 318 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 319 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 320 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 321 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 322 // dynamic. 323 Opt = "-l"; 324 Opt += Lib; 325 } 326 327 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 328 329 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 330 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 331 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 332 bool AllowArrays) { 333 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 334 return true; 335 336 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 337 338 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 339 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 340 if (AllowArrays) 341 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 342 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 343 return true; 344 FT = AT->getElementType(); 345 } 346 347 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 348 if (!RT) 349 return false; 350 351 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 352 // 353 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 354 // current ABI. 355 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 356 return false; 357 358 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 359 } 360 361 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 362 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 363 /// considered empty. 364 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 365 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 366 if (!RT) 367 return 0; 368 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 369 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 370 return false; 371 372 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 373 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 374 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 375 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 376 return false; 377 378 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 379 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 380 return false; 381 return true; 382 } 383 384 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 385 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 386 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 387 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 388 /// considered single element structs. 389 /// 390 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 391 /// it exists. 392 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 393 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 394 if (!RT) 395 return nullptr; 396 397 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 398 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 399 return nullptr; 400 401 const Type *Found = nullptr; 402 403 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 404 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 405 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 406 // Ignore empty records. 407 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 408 continue; 409 410 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 411 if (Found) 412 return nullptr; 413 414 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 415 // cannot be a single element struct. 416 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 417 if (!Found) 418 return nullptr; 419 } 420 } 421 422 // Check for single element. 423 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 424 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 425 426 // Ignore empty fields. 427 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 428 continue; 429 430 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 431 // struct. 432 if (Found) 433 return nullptr; 434 435 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 436 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 437 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 438 break; 439 FT = AT->getElementType(); 440 } 441 442 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 443 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 444 } else { 445 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 446 if (!Found) 447 return nullptr; 448 } 449 } 450 451 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 452 // padding beyond the element type. 453 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 454 return nullptr; 455 456 return Found; 457 } 458 459 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 460 // Treat complex types as the element type. 461 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 462 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 463 464 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 465 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 466 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 467 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 468 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 469 return false; 470 471 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 472 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 473 } 474 475 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 476 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 477 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 478 /// inhibiting optimizations. 479 /// 480 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 481 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 482 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 483 // capable of handling it. 484 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 485 // We can only expand structure types. 486 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 487 if (!RT) 488 return false; 489 490 // We can only expand (C) structures. 491 // 492 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 493 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 494 if (!RD->isStruct()) 495 return false; 496 497 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl. 498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 499 if (!CXXRD->isCLike()) 500 return false; 501 } 502 503 uint64_t Size = 0; 504 505 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 506 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 507 return false; 508 509 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 510 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 511 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 512 if (FD->isBitField()) 513 return false; 514 515 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 516 } 517 518 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 519 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 520 return false; 521 522 return true; 523 } 524 525 namespace { 526 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 527 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 528 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 529 /// conform to any particular ABI. 530 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 531 public: 532 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 533 534 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 535 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 536 537 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 538 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 539 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 540 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 541 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 542 } 543 544 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 545 QualType Ty) const override; 546 }; 547 548 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 549 public: 550 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 551 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 552 }; 553 554 Address DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 555 QualType Ty) const { 556 return Address::invalid(); 557 } 558 559 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 560 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 561 562 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 563 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be 564 // passed by value. 565 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 566 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 567 568 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty); 569 } 570 571 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 572 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 573 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 574 575 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 576 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 577 } 578 579 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 580 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 581 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 582 583 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 584 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 585 586 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 587 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 588 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 589 590 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 591 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 592 } 593 594 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 595 // WebAssembly ABI Implementation 596 // 597 // This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo. 598 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 599 600 class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo { 601 public: 602 explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 603 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 604 605 private: 606 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 607 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 608 609 // DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are 610 // non-virtual, but computeInfo is virtual, so we overload that. 611 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 612 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 613 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 614 for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments()) 615 Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type); 616 } 617 }; 618 619 class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 620 public: 621 explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 622 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WebAssemblyABIInfo(CGT)) {} 623 }; 624 625 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 626 ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 627 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 628 629 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 630 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be 631 // passed by value. 632 if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 633 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 634 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 635 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 636 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 637 // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We 638 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(), 639 // though watch out for things like bitfields. 640 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) 641 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 642 } 643 644 // Otherwise just do the default thing. 645 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty); 646 } 647 648 ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 649 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 650 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be 651 // returned by value. 652 if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) { 653 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 654 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 655 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 656 // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We 657 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using 658 // ABIArgInfo::getDirect(). 659 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 660 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 661 } 662 } 663 664 // Otherwise just do the default thing. 665 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy); 666 } 667 668 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 669 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 670 // 671 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 672 // are always passed on the stack. 673 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 674 675 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 676 public: 677 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 678 679 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 680 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 681 682 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 683 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, 684 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override; 685 }; 686 687 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 688 public: 689 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 690 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 691 }; 692 693 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 694 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 695 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 696 697 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 698 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 699 } 700 701 Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 702 QualType Ty) const { 703 return Address::invalid(); 704 } 705 706 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 707 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 708 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 709 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 710 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 711 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty); 712 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 713 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 714 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 715 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 716 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 717 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 718 } 719 720 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 721 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 722 } 723 724 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 725 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 726 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 727 728 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 729 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 730 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 731 732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 735 736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 738 } 739 740 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 741 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 742 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 743 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 744 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 745 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 746 } 747 748 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 749 StringRef Constraint, 750 llvm::Type* Ty) { 751 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 752 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 753 // Invalid MMX constraint 754 return nullptr; 755 } 756 757 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 758 } 759 760 // No operation needed 761 return Ty; 762 } 763 764 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the 765 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 766 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 767 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 768 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) 769 return true; 770 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 771 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX 772 // registers specially. 773 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 774 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512) 775 return true; 776 } 777 return false; 778 } 779 780 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers 781 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 782 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) { 783 return NumMembers <= 4; 784 } 785 786 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 787 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 788 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 789 790 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 791 struct CCState { 792 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {} 793 794 unsigned CC; 795 unsigned FreeRegs; 796 unsigned FreeSSERegs; 797 }; 798 799 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 800 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 801 enum Class { 802 Integer, 803 Float 804 }; 805 806 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 807 808 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 809 bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI; 810 bool IsWin32StructABI; 811 bool IsSoftFloatABI; 812 bool IsMCUABI; 813 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 814 815 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 816 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 817 } 818 819 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 820 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 821 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 822 } 823 824 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 825 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 826 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 827 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 828 } 829 830 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 831 832 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 833 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 834 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 835 836 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; 837 838 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 839 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 840 841 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 842 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 843 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 844 /// \brief Updates the number of available free registers, returns 845 /// true if any registers were allocated. 846 bool updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; 847 848 bool shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &InReg, 849 bool &NeedsPadding) const; 850 bool shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; 851 852 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 853 /// inalloca. 854 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 855 856 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 857 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 858 QualType Type) const; 859 860 public: 861 862 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 863 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 864 QualType Ty) const override; 865 866 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI, 867 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI, 868 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI) 869 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI), 870 IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI), 871 IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI), 872 IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI), 873 IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()), 874 DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {} 875 }; 876 877 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 878 public: 879 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI, 880 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI, 881 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI) 882 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo( 883 CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI, 884 NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {} 885 886 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 887 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 888 889 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 890 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 891 892 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 893 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 894 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 895 return 4; 896 } 897 898 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 899 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 900 901 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 902 StringRef Constraint, 903 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 904 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 905 } 906 907 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 908 std::string &Constraints, 909 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 910 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 911 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 912 std::string &AsmString, 913 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 914 915 llvm::Constant * 916 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 917 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 918 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 919 ('F' << 16) | 920 ('T' << 24); 921 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 922 } 923 }; 924 925 } 926 927 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 928 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 929 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 930 /// mov $0, $1 931 /// mov eax, $1 932 /// The result will be: 933 /// mov $0, $2 934 /// mov eax, $2 935 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 936 unsigned NumNewOuts, 937 std::string &AsmString) { 938 std::string Buf; 939 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 940 size_t Pos = 0; 941 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 942 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 943 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 944 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 945 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 946 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 947 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 948 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 949 Pos = DollarEnd; 950 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 951 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 952 // We have an operand reference. 953 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 954 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 955 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 956 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 957 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 958 unsigned OperandIndex; 959 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 960 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 961 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 962 OS << OperandIndex; 963 } else { 964 OS << OperandStr; 965 } 966 Pos = DigitEnd; 967 } 968 } 969 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 970 } 971 972 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 973 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 974 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 975 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 976 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 977 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 978 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 979 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 980 981 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 982 // larger. 983 if (!Constraints.empty()) 984 Constraints += ','; 985 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 986 Constraints += "={eax}"; 987 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 988 } else { 989 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 990 Constraints += "=A"; 991 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 992 } 993 994 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 995 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 996 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 997 998 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 999 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 1000 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 1001 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 1002 1003 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 1004 } 1005 1006 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 1007 /// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI). 1008 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 1009 ASTContext &Context) const { 1010 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 1011 1012 // For i386, type must be register sized. 1013 // For the MCU ABI, it only needs to be <= 8-byte 1014 if ((IsMCUABI && Size > 64) || (!IsMCUABI && !isRegisterSize(Size))) 1015 return false; 1016 1017 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 1018 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 1019 // registers. 1020 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 1021 return false; 1022 1023 return true; 1024 } 1025 1026 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 1027 // member function pointer it is ok. 1028 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 1029 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 1030 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 1031 return true; 1032 1033 // Arrays are treated like records. 1034 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 1035 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 1036 1037 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 1038 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1039 if (!RT) return false; 1040 1041 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 1042 1043 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 1044 // passed in a register. 1045 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 1046 // Empty fields are ignored. 1047 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 1048 continue; 1049 1050 // Check fields recursively. 1051 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 1052 return false; 1053 } 1054 return true; 1055 } 1056 1057 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 1058 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 1059 // integer register. 1060 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1061 --State.FreeRegs; 1062 if (!IsMCUABI) 1063 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy); 1064 } 1065 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false); 1066 } 1067 1068 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 1069 CCState &State) const { 1070 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 1071 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 1072 1073 const Type *Base = nullptr; 1074 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 1075 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 1076 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) { 1077 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly. 1078 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1079 } 1080 1081 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1082 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 1083 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1084 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 1085 1086 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 1087 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 1088 // backend will like. 1089 if (Size == 128) 1090 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 1091 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 1092 1093 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 1094 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 1095 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1096 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1097 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1098 Size)); 1099 1100 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); 1101 } 1102 1103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1104 } 1105 1106 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 1107 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1108 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 1109 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1110 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); 1111 } 1112 1113 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 1114 if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 1115 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); 1116 1117 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 1118 // in a register. 1119 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 1120 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 1121 1122 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 1123 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 1124 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 1125 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 1126 // quality of the generated IR. 1127 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 1128 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 1129 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 1130 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 1131 1132 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 1133 // padding. 1134 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 1135 } 1136 1137 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); 1138 } 1139 1140 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1141 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 1142 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1143 1144 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1145 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1146 } 1147 1148 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 1149 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 1150 } 1151 1152 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 1153 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1154 if (!RT) 1155 return 0; 1156 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1157 1158 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 1159 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 1160 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 1161 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 1162 return false; 1163 1164 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 1165 QualType FT = i->getType(); 1166 1167 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 1168 return true; 1169 1170 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 1171 return true; 1172 } 1173 1174 return false; 1175 } 1176 1177 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 1178 unsigned Align) const { 1179 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 1180 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 1181 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 1182 return 0; // Use default alignment. 1183 1184 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 1185 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1186 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 1187 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 1188 } 1189 1190 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 1191 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 1192 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 1193 return 16; 1194 1195 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 1196 } 1197 1198 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 1199 CCState &State) const { 1200 if (!ByVal) { 1201 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1202 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 1203 if (!IsMCUABI) 1204 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty); 1205 } 1206 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false); 1207 } 1208 1209 // Compute the byval alignment. 1210 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 1211 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 1212 if (StackAlign == 0) 1213 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true); 1214 1215 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 1216 // argument. 1217 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 1218 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign), 1219 /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 1220 } 1221 1222 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 1223 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 1224 if (!T) 1225 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 1226 1227 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1228 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 1229 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 1230 return Float; 1231 } 1232 return Integer; 1233 } 1234 1235 bool X86_32ABIInfo::updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const { 1236 if (!IsSoftFloatABI) { 1237 Class C = classify(Ty); 1238 if (C == Float) 1239 return false; 1240 } 1241 1242 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1243 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 1244 1245 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 1246 return false; 1247 1248 if (!IsMCUABI) { 1249 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 1250 State.FreeRegs = 0; 1251 return false; 1252 } 1253 } else { 1254 // The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are 1255 // earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also, 1256 // it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register, 1257 // even if there are 3 free registers available. 1258 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2) 1259 return false; 1260 } 1261 1262 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 1263 return true; 1264 } 1265 1266 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 1267 bool &InReg, 1268 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 1269 NeedsPadding = false; 1270 InReg = !IsMCUABI; 1271 1272 if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State)) 1273 return false; 1274 1275 if (IsMCUABI) 1276 return true; 1277 1278 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1279 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1280 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32 && State.FreeRegs) 1281 NeedsPadding = true; 1282 1283 return false; 1284 } 1285 1286 return true; 1287 } 1288 1289 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const { 1290 if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State)) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (IsMCUABI) 1294 return false; 1295 1296 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1297 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1298 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 32) 1299 return false; 1300 1301 return (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || Ty->isPointerType() || 1302 Ty->isReferenceType()); 1303 } 1304 1305 return true; 1306 } 1307 1308 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1309 CCState &State) const { 1310 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 1311 1312 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 1313 1314 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 1315 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1316 if (RT) { 1317 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 1318 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 1319 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 1320 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 1321 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 1322 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 1323 } 1324 } 1325 1326 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar 1327 // to other targets. 1328 const Type *Base = nullptr; 1329 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 1330 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 1331 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 1332 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 1333 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 1334 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 1335 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1336 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 1337 } 1338 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); 1339 } 1340 1341 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1342 if (RT) { 1343 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 1344 if (IsWin32StructABI) 1345 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1346 1347 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 1348 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1349 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1350 } 1351 1352 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 1353 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 1354 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 1355 1356 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 1357 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 1358 bool NeedsPadding, InReg; 1359 if (shouldAggregateUseDirect(Ty, State, InReg, NeedsPadding)) { 1360 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 1361 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 1362 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 1363 if (InReg) 1364 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 1365 else 1366 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Result); 1367 } 1368 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 1369 1370 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 1371 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 1372 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 1373 // optimizations. 1374 // Don't do this for the MCU if there are still free integer registers 1375 // (see X86_64 ABI for full explanation). 1376 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 1377 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()) && 1378 (!IsMCUABI || State.FreeRegs == 0)) 1379 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1380 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1381 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall, 1382 PaddingType); 1383 1384 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1385 } 1386 1387 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1388 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1389 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1390 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1391 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1392 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1393 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1394 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1395 Size)); 1396 } 1397 1398 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1399 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1400 1401 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1402 } 1403 1404 1405 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1406 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1407 1408 bool InReg = shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(Ty, State); 1409 1410 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1411 if (InReg) 1412 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1413 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1414 } 1415 1416 if (InReg) 1417 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1418 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1419 } 1420 1421 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1422 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1423 if (IsMCUABI) 1424 State.FreeRegs = 3; 1425 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1426 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1427 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1428 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1429 State.FreeSSERegs = 6; 1430 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1431 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1432 else 1433 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1434 1435 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1436 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1437 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1438 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1439 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1440 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1441 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1442 if (!IsMCUABI) 1443 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1444 } 1445 } 1446 1447 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. 1448 if (FI.isChainCall()) 1449 ++State.FreeRegs; 1450 1451 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1452 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1453 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1454 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1455 } 1456 1457 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1458 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1459 if (UsedInAlloca) 1460 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1461 } 1462 1463 void 1464 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1465 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 1466 QualType Type) const { 1467 // Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned. 1468 CharUnits FieldAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); 1469 1470 assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(FieldAlign) && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1471 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1472 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1473 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type); 1474 1475 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. 1476 CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset; 1477 StackOffset = FieldEnd.RoundUpToAlignment(FieldAlign); 1478 if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) { 1479 CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd; 1480 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1481 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity()); 1482 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1483 } 1484 } 1485 1486 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1487 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1488 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1489 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1490 return true; 1491 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1492 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1493 return true; 1494 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1495 return false; 1496 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1497 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1498 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1499 if (Info.getInReg()) 1500 return false; 1501 return true; 1502 } 1503 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1504 } 1505 1506 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1507 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1508 1509 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1510 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1511 1512 // The stack alignment is always 4. 1513 CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); 1514 1515 CharUnits StackOffset; 1516 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1517 1518 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1519 bool IsThisCall = 1520 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1521 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1522 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1523 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1524 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1525 ++I; 1526 } 1527 1528 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1529 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1530 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1531 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1532 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1533 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1534 } 1535 1536 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1537 if (IsThisCall) 1538 ++I; 1539 1540 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1541 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1542 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1543 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1544 } 1545 1546 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1547 /*isPacked=*/true), 1548 StackAlign); 1549 } 1550 1551 Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1552 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const { 1553 1554 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 1555 1556 // x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack. 1557 // 1558 // Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass 1559 // anything indirectly. 1560 TypeInfo.second = CharUnits::fromQuantity( 1561 getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.second.getQuantity())); 1562 1563 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false, 1564 TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), 1565 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); 1566 } 1567 1568 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1569 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1570 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1571 1572 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1573 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1574 break; 1575 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1576 return false; 1577 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1578 return true; 1579 } 1580 1581 if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU()) 1582 return true; 1583 1584 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1585 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1586 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1587 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1588 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1589 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1590 return true; 1591 default: 1592 return false; 1593 } 1594 } 1595 1596 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1597 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1598 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1599 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1600 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1601 // Get the LLVM function. 1602 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1603 1604 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1605 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1606 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1607 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1608 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1609 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1610 B)); 1611 } 1612 } 1613 } 1614 1615 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1616 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1617 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1618 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1619 1620 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1621 1622 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1623 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1624 // 8 is %eip. 1625 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1626 1627 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1628 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1629 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1630 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1631 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1632 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1633 1634 } else { 1635 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1636 // reason. 1637 Builder.CreateAlignedStore( 1638 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9), 1639 CharUnits::One()); 1640 1641 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1642 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1643 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1644 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1645 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1646 } 1647 1648 return false; 1649 } 1650 1651 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1652 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1653 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1654 1655 1656 namespace { 1657 /// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets. 1658 enum class X86AVXABILevel { 1659 None, 1660 AVX, 1661 AVX512 1662 }; 1663 1664 /// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel. 1665 static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) { 1666 switch (AVXLevel) { 1667 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512: 1668 return 512; 1669 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX: 1670 return 256; 1671 case X86AVXABILevel::None: 1672 return 128; 1673 } 1674 llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel"); 1675 } 1676 1677 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1678 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1679 enum Class { 1680 Integer = 0, 1681 SSE, 1682 SSEUp, 1683 X87, 1684 X87Up, 1685 ComplexX87, 1686 NoClass, 1687 Memory 1688 }; 1689 1690 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1691 /// 1692 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1693 /// classification \arg Field. 1694 /// 1695 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1696 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1697 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1698 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1699 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1700 1701 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1702 /// 1703 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1704 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1705 /// 1706 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1707 /// the classification process. 1708 /// 1709 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1710 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1711 /// 1712 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1713 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1714 /// 1715 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1716 1717 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1718 /// given type T should be passed. 1719 /// 1720 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1721 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1722 /// 1723 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1724 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1725 /// 1726 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1727 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1728 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1729 /// 1730 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1731 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1732 /// 1733 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1734 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1735 /// will be Memory. 1736 /// 1737 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1738 /// 1739 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1740 /// also be ComplexX87. 1741 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1742 bool isNamedArg) const; 1743 1744 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1745 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1746 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1747 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1748 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1749 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1750 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1751 1752 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1753 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1754 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1755 1756 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1757 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1758 /// 1759 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1760 /// available. 1761 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1762 1763 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1764 1765 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1766 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1767 unsigned &neededInt, 1768 unsigned &neededSSE, 1769 bool isNamedArg) const; 1770 1771 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1772 1773 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1774 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1775 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1776 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1777 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1778 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1779 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1780 } 1781 1782 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel; 1783 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1784 // 64-bit hardware. 1785 bool Has64BitPointers; 1786 1787 public: 1788 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) : 1789 ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel), 1790 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1791 } 1792 1793 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1794 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1795 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1796 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1797 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1798 if (info.isDirect()) { 1799 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1800 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1801 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1802 } 1803 return false; 1804 } 1805 1806 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1807 1808 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 1809 QualType Ty) const override; 1810 Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 1811 QualType Ty) const override; 1812 1813 bool has64BitPointers() const { 1814 return Has64BitPointers; 1815 } 1816 }; 1817 1818 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1819 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1820 public: 1821 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1822 : ABIInfo(CGT), 1823 IsMingw64(getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) {} 1824 1825 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1826 1827 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 1828 QualType Ty) const override; 1829 1830 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 1831 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1832 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 1833 } 1834 1835 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 1836 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 1837 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1838 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 1839 } 1840 1841 private: 1842 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 1843 bool IsReturnType) const; 1844 1845 bool IsMingw64; 1846 }; 1847 1848 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1849 public: 1850 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) 1851 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {} 1852 1853 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1854 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1855 } 1856 1857 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1858 return 7; 1859 } 1860 1861 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1862 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1863 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1864 1865 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1866 // 16 is %rip. 1867 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1868 return false; 1869 } 1870 1871 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1872 StringRef Constraint, 1873 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1874 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1875 } 1876 1877 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1878 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1879 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1880 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1881 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1882 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1883 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1884 // defines varargs anyway. 1885 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1886 bool HasAVXType = false; 1887 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1888 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1889 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1890 HasAVXType = true; 1891 break; 1892 } 1893 } 1894 1895 if (!HasAVXType) 1896 return true; 1897 } 1898 1899 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1900 } 1901 1902 llvm::Constant * 1903 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1904 unsigned Sig; 1905 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers()) 1906 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1907 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1908 ('F' << 16) | 1909 ('T' << 24); 1910 else 1911 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1912 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 1913 ('F' << 16) | 1914 ('T' << 24); 1915 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1916 } 1917 }; 1918 1919 class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo { 1920 public: 1921 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) 1922 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {} 1923 1924 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1925 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1926 Opt = "\01"; 1927 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes. 1928 if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos) 1929 Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\""; 1930 else 1931 Opt += Lib; 1932 } 1933 }; 1934 1935 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1936 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. 1937 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes. 1938 // This matches the behavior of MSVC. 1939 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos); 1940 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : ""; 1941 ArgStr += Lib; 1942 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1943 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1944 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : ""; 1945 return ArgStr; 1946 } 1947 1948 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1949 public: 1950 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1951 bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI, 1952 unsigned NumRegisterParameters) 1953 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, 1954 Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {} 1955 1956 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1957 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 1958 1959 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1960 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1961 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1962 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1963 } 1964 1965 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1966 llvm::StringRef Value, 1967 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1968 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1969 } 1970 }; 1971 1972 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, 1973 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1974 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) { 1975 if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1976 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) { 1977 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1978 1979 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", 1980 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); 1981 } 1982 } 1983 } 1984 1985 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1986 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1987 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1988 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 1989 1990 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 1991 } 1992 1993 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1994 public: 1995 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1996 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) 1997 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1998 1999 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 2000 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 2001 2002 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 2003 return 7; 2004 } 2005 2006 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2007 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 2008 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 2009 2010 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 2011 // 16 is %rip. 2012 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 2013 return false; 2014 } 2015 2016 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 2017 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 2018 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 2019 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 2020 } 2021 2022 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 2023 llvm::StringRef Value, 2024 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 2025 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 2026 } 2027 }; 2028 2029 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 2030 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 2031 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 2032 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 2033 2034 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 2035 } 2036 } 2037 2038 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 2039 Class &Hi) const { 2040 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 2041 // 2042 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 2043 // memory. 2044 // 2045 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 2046 // memory. 2047 // 2048 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 2049 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 2050 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 2051 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 2052 // 2053 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 2054 // 2055 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 2056 // only with unions; for example: 2057 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 2058 // 2059 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 2060 // 2061 if (Hi == Memory) 2062 Lo = Memory; 2063 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 2064 Lo = Memory; 2065 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 2066 Lo = Memory; 2067 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 2068 Hi = SSE; 2069 } 2070 2071 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 2072 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 2073 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 2074 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 2075 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 2076 // 2077 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 2078 // 2079 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 2080 // the other class. 2081 // 2082 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 2083 // class. 2084 // 2085 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 2086 // INTEGER. 2087 // 2088 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 2089 // MEMORY is used as class. 2090 // 2091 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 2092 2093 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 2094 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 2095 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 2096 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 2097 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 2098 return Accum; 2099 if (Field == Memory) 2100 return Memory; 2101 if (Accum == NoClass) 2102 return Field; 2103 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 2104 return Integer; 2105 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 2106 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 2107 return Memory; 2108 return SSE; 2109 } 2110 2111 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 2112 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 2113 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 2114 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 2115 // situations. 2116 2117 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 2118 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 2119 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 2120 2121 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 2122 2123 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 2124 Current = Memory; 2125 2126 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 2127 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 2128 2129 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 2130 Current = NoClass; 2131 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 2132 Lo = Integer; 2133 Hi = Integer; 2134 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 2135 Current = Integer; 2136 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) { 2137 Current = SSE; 2138 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 2139 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat(); 2140 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) { 2141 Lo = SSE; 2142 Hi = SSEUp; 2143 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) { 2144 Lo = X87; 2145 Hi = X87Up; 2146 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) { 2147 Current = SSE; 2148 } else 2149 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!"); 2150 } 2151 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 2152 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 2153 return; 2154 } 2155 2156 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 2157 // Classify the underlying integer type. 2158 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2159 return; 2160 } 2161 2162 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 2163 Current = Integer; 2164 return; 2165 } 2166 2167 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2168 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 2169 if (Has64BitPointers) { 2170 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both 2171 // Lo and Hi now. 2172 Lo = Hi = Integer; 2173 } else { 2174 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that 2175 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. 2176 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; 2177 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; 2178 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { 2179 Lo = Hi = Integer; 2180 } else { 2181 Current = Integer; 2182 } 2183 } 2184 } else { 2185 Current = Integer; 2186 } 2187 return; 2188 } 2189 2190 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 2191 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 2192 if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) { 2193 // gcc passes the following as integer: 2194 // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float> 2195 // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short> 2196 // 1 byte - <1 x char> 2197 Current = Integer; 2198 2199 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 2200 // split. 2201 uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64; 2202 uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 2203 if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi) 2204 Hi = Lo; 2205 } else if (Size == 64) { 2206 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 2207 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 2208 return; 2209 2210 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 2211 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 2212 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 2213 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 2214 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 2215 Current = Integer; 2216 else 2217 Current = SSE; 2218 2219 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 2220 // split. 2221 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 2222 Hi = Lo; 2223 } else if (Size == 128 || 2224 (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) { 2225 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 2226 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 2227 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 2228 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 2229 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 2230 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 2231 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 2232 // 2233 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 2234 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 2235 // variadic function. 2236 // 2237 // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are 2238 // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP. 2239 Lo = SSE; 2240 Hi = SSEUp; 2241 } 2242 return; 2243 } 2244 2245 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 2246 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 2247 2248 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2249 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 2250 if (Size <= 64) 2251 Current = Integer; 2252 else if (Size <= 128) 2253 Lo = Hi = Integer; 2254 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) { 2255 Current = SSE; 2256 } else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) { 2257 Lo = Hi = SSE; 2258 } else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) { 2259 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat(); 2260 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) 2261 Current = Memory; 2262 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) 2263 Current = ComplexX87; 2264 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) 2265 Lo = Hi = SSE; 2266 else 2267 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!"); 2268 } 2269 2270 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 2271 // should be split. 2272 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 2273 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 2274 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 2275 Hi = Lo; 2276 2277 return; 2278 } 2279 2280 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2281 // Arrays are treated like structures. 2282 2283 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2284 2285 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 2286 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 2287 if (Size > 256) 2288 return; 2289 2290 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 2291 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 2292 // 2293 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 2294 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 2295 return; 2296 2297 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 2298 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 2299 Current = NoClass; 2300 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2301 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2302 2303 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 2304 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 2305 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 2306 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 2307 return; 2308 2309 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 2310 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2311 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2312 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2313 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2314 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2315 break; 2316 } 2317 2318 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2319 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 2320 return; 2321 } 2322 2323 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2324 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2325 2326 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 2327 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 2328 if (Size > 256) 2329 return; 2330 2331 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 2332 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 2333 // reference. 2334 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2335 return; 2336 2337 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2338 2339 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 2340 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2341 return; 2342 2343 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2344 2345 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 2346 Current = NoClass; 2347 2348 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 2349 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2350 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2351 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2352 "Unexpected base class!"); 2353 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2354 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2355 2356 // Classify this field. 2357 // 2358 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 2359 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 2360 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 2361 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2362 uint64_t Offset = 2363 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2364 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2365 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2366 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2367 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) { 2368 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2369 return; 2370 } 2371 } 2372 } 2373 2374 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 2375 unsigned idx = 0; 2376 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2377 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2378 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2379 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 2380 2381 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 2382 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 2383 // 2384 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 2385 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 2386 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 2387 // 2388 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 2389 Lo = Memory; 2390 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2391 return; 2392 } 2393 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 2394 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 2395 Lo = Memory; 2396 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2397 return; 2398 } 2399 2400 // Classify this field. 2401 // 2402 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 2403 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 2404 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 2405 // NO_CLASS. 2406 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2407 2408 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 2409 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 2410 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 2411 if (BitField) { 2412 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 2413 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 2414 continue; 2415 2416 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2417 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 2418 2419 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 2420 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 2421 2422 if (EB_Lo) { 2423 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 2424 FieldLo = NoClass; 2425 FieldHi = Integer; 2426 } else { 2427 FieldLo = Integer; 2428 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 2429 } 2430 } else 2431 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2432 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2433 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2434 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2435 break; 2436 } 2437 2438 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2439 } 2440 } 2441 2442 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 2443 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2444 // place naturally. 2445 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 2446 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2447 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2448 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2449 2450 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2451 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2452 } 2453 2454 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty); 2455 } 2456 2457 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2458 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 2459 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 2460 unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel); 2461 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 2462 return true; 2463 } 2464 2465 return false; 2466 } 2467 2468 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 2469 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 2470 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2471 // place naturally. 2472 // 2473 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 2474 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 2475 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 2476 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 2477 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 2478 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 2479 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2480 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2481 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2482 2483 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2484 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2485 } 2486 2487 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 2488 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2489 2490 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 2491 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 2492 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 2493 2494 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 2495 // is important for good codegen. 2496 // 2497 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 2498 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 2499 // 2500 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 2501 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2502 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2503 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2504 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2505 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2506 // might be inreg. 2507 // 2508 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2509 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2510 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2511 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2512 // 2513 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2514 // attributes. See PR12193. 2515 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2516 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2517 2518 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2519 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2520 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2521 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2522 Size)); 2523 } 2524 2525 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 2526 } 2527 2528 /// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM 2529 /// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register. 2530 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2531 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like 2532 // vectors; strip them off if present. 2533 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) 2534 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0); 2535 2536 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2537 if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) || 2538 IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID) 2539 return IRType; 2540 2541 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'. 2542 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2543 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!"); 2544 2545 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'. 2546 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2547 Size / 64); 2548 } 2549 2550 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2551 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2552 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2553 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2554 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2555 /// 2556 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2557 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2558 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2559 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2560 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2561 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2562 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2563 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2564 return true; 2565 2566 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2567 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2568 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2569 2570 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2571 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2572 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2573 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2574 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2575 2576 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2577 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2578 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2579 return false; 2580 } 2581 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2582 return true; 2583 } 2584 2585 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2586 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2587 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2588 2589 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2590 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2591 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2592 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2593 "Unexpected base class!"); 2594 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2595 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2596 2597 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2598 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2599 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2600 2601 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2602 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2603 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2604 return false; 2605 } 2606 } 2607 2608 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2609 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2610 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2611 // much. 2612 unsigned idx = 0; 2613 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2614 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2615 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2616 2617 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2618 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2619 2620 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2621 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2622 Context)) 2623 return false; 2624 } 2625 2626 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2627 // clean. 2628 return true; 2629 } 2630 2631 return false; 2632 } 2633 2634 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2635 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2636 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2637 /// false. 2638 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2639 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2640 // Base case if we find a float. 2641 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2642 return true; 2643 2644 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2645 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2646 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2647 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2648 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2649 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2650 } 2651 2652 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2653 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2654 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2655 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2656 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2657 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2658 } 2659 2660 return false; 2661 } 2662 2663 2664 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2665 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2666 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2667 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2668 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2669 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2670 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2671 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2672 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2673 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2674 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2675 2676 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2677 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2678 // case. 2679 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2680 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2681 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2682 2683 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2684 } 2685 2686 2687 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2688 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2689 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2690 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2691 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2692 /// etc). 2693 /// 2694 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2695 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2696 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2697 /// 2698 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2699 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2700 /// 2701 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2702 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2703 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2704 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2705 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2706 if (IROffset == 0) { 2707 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2708 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2709 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2710 return IRType; 2711 2712 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2713 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2714 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2715 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2716 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2717 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2718 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2719 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2720 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2721 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2722 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2723 2724 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2725 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2726 return IRType; 2727 } 2728 } 2729 2730 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2731 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2732 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2733 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2734 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2735 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2736 2737 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2738 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2739 } 2740 } 2741 2742 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2743 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2744 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2745 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2746 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2747 SourceOffset); 2748 } 2749 2750 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2751 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2752 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2753 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2754 2755 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2756 2757 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2758 // isn't larger than the structure. 2759 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2760 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2761 } 2762 2763 2764 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2765 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2766 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2767 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2768 /// return {i32*, float}. 2769 static llvm::Type * 2770 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2771 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2772 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2773 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2774 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2775 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2776 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2777 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2778 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2779 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2780 2781 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2782 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2783 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2784 // struct. 2785 if (HiStart != 8) { 2786 // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce 2787 // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or 2788 // i8/i16/i32. This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and 2789 // NaCl). 2790 // Promote these to a larger type. 2791 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2792 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2793 else { 2794 assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy()) 2795 && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2796 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2797 } 2798 } 2799 2800 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr); 2801 2802 2803 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2804 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2805 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2806 return Result; 2807 } 2808 2809 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2810 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2811 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2812 // classification algorithm. 2813 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2814 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2815 2816 // Check some invariants. 2817 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2818 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2819 2820 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2821 switch (Lo) { 2822 case NoClass: 2823 if (Hi == NoClass) 2824 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2825 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2826 // null. 2827 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2828 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2829 break; 2830 2831 case SSEUp: 2832 case X87Up: 2833 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2834 2835 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2836 // hidden argument. 2837 case Memory: 2838 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2839 2840 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2841 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2842 case Integer: 2843 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2844 2845 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2846 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2847 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2848 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2849 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2850 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2851 2852 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2853 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2854 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2855 } 2856 break; 2857 2858 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2859 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2860 case SSE: 2861 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2862 break; 2863 2864 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2865 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2866 case X87: 2867 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2868 break; 2869 2870 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2871 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2872 // %st1. 2873 case ComplexX87: 2874 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2875 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2876 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2877 nullptr); 2878 break; 2879 } 2880 2881 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2882 switch (Hi) { 2883 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2884 // never occur as a hi class. 2885 case Memory: 2886 case X87: 2887 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2888 2889 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2890 case NoClass: 2891 break; 2892 2893 case Integer: 2894 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2895 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2896 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2897 break; 2898 case SSE: 2899 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2900 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2902 break; 2903 2904 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2905 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2906 // vector register. 2907 // 2908 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2909 case SSEUp: 2910 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2911 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2912 break; 2913 2914 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2915 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2916 case X87Up: 2917 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2918 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2919 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2920 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2921 if (Lo != X87) { 2922 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2923 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2925 } 2926 break; 2927 } 2928 2929 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2930 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2931 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2932 if (HighPart) 2933 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2934 2935 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2936 } 2937 2938 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2939 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2940 bool isNamedArg) 2941 const 2942 { 2943 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 2944 2945 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2946 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2947 2948 // Check some invariants. 2949 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2950 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2951 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2952 2953 neededInt = 0; 2954 neededSSE = 0; 2955 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2956 switch (Lo) { 2957 case NoClass: 2958 if (Hi == NoClass) 2959 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2960 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2961 // null. 2962 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2963 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2964 break; 2965 2966 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2967 // on the stack. 2968 case Memory: 2969 2970 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2971 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2972 case X87: 2973 case ComplexX87: 2974 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2975 ++neededInt; 2976 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2977 2978 case SSEUp: 2979 case X87Up: 2980 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2981 2982 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2983 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2984 // and %r9 is used. 2985 case Integer: 2986 ++neededInt; 2987 2988 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2989 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2990 2991 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2992 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2993 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2994 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2995 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2996 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2997 2998 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2999 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3000 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 3001 } 3002 3003 break; 3004 3005 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 3006 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 3007 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 3008 case SSE: { 3009 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 3010 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 3011 ++neededSSE; 3012 break; 3013 } 3014 } 3015 3016 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 3017 switch (Hi) { 3018 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 3019 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 3020 // which is passed in memory. 3021 case Memory: 3022 case X87: 3023 case ComplexX87: 3024 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 3025 3026 case NoClass: break; 3027 3028 case Integer: 3029 ++neededInt; 3030 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 3031 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 3032 3033 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 3034 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 3035 break; 3036 3037 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 3038 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 3039 case X87Up: 3040 case SSE: 3041 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 3042 3043 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 3044 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 3045 3046 ++neededSSE; 3047 break; 3048 3049 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 3050 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 3051 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 3052 case SSEUp: 3053 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 3054 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 3055 break; 3056 } 3057 3058 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 3059 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 3060 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 3061 if (HighPart) 3062 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 3063 3064 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3065 } 3066 3067 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3068 3069 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3070 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3071 3072 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 3073 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 3074 3075 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 3076 // integer register. 3077 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 3078 --freeIntRegs; 3079 3080 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. 3081 if (FI.isChainCall()) 3082 ++freeIntRegs; 3083 3084 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 3085 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 3086 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 3087 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 3088 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3089 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 3090 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 3091 3092 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 3093 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 3094 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 3095 3096 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 3097 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 3098 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 3099 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 3100 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 3101 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 3102 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 3103 } else { 3104 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 3105 } 3106 } 3107 } 3108 3109 static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3110 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) { 3111 Address overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( 3112 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), "overflow_arg_area_p"); 3113 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 3114 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 3115 3116 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 3117 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 3118 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 3119 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 3120 CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); 3121 if (Align > CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)) { 3122 overflow_arg_area = emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, overflow_arg_area, 3123 Align); 3124 } 3125 3126 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 3127 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 3128 llvm::Value *Res = 3129 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 3130 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 3131 3132 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 3133 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 3134 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 3135 // an 8 byte boundary. 3136 3137 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 3138 llvm::Value *Offset = 3139 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 3140 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 3141 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 3142 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 3143 3144 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 3145 return Address(Res, Align); 3146 } 3147 3148 Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 3149 QualType Ty) const { 3150 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 3151 // struct { 3152 // i32 gp_offset; 3153 // i32 fp_offset; 3154 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 3155 // i8* reg_save_area; 3156 // }; 3157 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 3158 3159 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 3160 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 3161 /*isNamedArg*/false); 3162 3163 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 3164 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 3165 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 3166 return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty); 3167 3168 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 3169 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 3170 // the number of floating point registers needed. 3171 3172 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 3173 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 3174 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 3175 // 3176 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 3177 // register save space). 3178 3179 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3180 Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid(); 3181 llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 3182 if (neededInt) { 3183 gp_offset_p = 3184 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), 3185 "gp_offset_p"); 3186 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 3187 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 3188 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 3189 } 3190 3191 if (neededSSE) { 3192 fp_offset_p = 3193 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), 3194 "fp_offset_p"); 3195 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 3196 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 3197 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 3198 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 3199 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 3200 } 3201 3202 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3203 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 3204 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3205 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 3206 3207 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 3208 3209 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3210 3211 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 3212 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 3213 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 3214 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 3215 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 3216 // 3217 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 3218 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 3219 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 3220 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 3221 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 3222 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( 3223 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)), 3224 "reg_save_area"); 3225 3226 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid(); 3227 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 3228 // FIXME: Cleanup. 3229 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 3230 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 3231 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 3232 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST); 3233 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 3234 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 3235 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 3236 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 3237 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 3238 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 3239 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 3240 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset); 3241 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset); 3242 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 3243 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 3244 3245 // Copy the first element. 3246 llvm::Value *V = 3247 CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad( 3248 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 3249 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, 3250 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero())); 3251 3252 // Copy the second element. 3253 V = CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad( 3254 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 3255 CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity( 3256 getDataLayout().getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(1)); 3257 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, Offset)); 3258 3259 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy); 3260 } else if (neededInt) { 3261 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset), 3262 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); 3263 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy); 3264 3265 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 3266 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 3267 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 3268 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 3269 CharUnits TyAlign = SizeAlign.second; 3270 3271 // Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the 3272 // register save area. 3273 if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) { 3274 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 3275 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false); 3276 RegAddr = Tmp; 3277 } 3278 3279 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 3280 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset), 3281 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); 3282 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy); 3283 } else { 3284 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 3285 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 3286 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 3287 // The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable 3288 // to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is 3289 // naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store 3290 // all the SSE registers to the RSA. 3291 Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset), 3292 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); 3293 Address RegAddrHi = 3294 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo, 3295 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); 3296 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 3297 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr); 3298 llvm::Value *V; 3299 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 3300 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST); 3301 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( 3302 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrLo, DoubleTy)); 3303 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, 3304 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero())); 3305 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( 3306 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrHi, DoubleTy)); 3307 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, 3308 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8))); 3309 3310 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy); 3311 } 3312 3313 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 3314 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 3315 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 3316 if (neededInt) { 3317 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 3318 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 3319 gp_offset_p); 3320 } 3321 if (neededSSE) { 3322 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 3323 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 3324 fp_offset_p); 3325 } 3326 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3327 3328 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 3329 3330 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 3331 Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty); 3332 3333 // Return the appropriate result. 3334 3335 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 3336 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock, 3337 "vaarg.addr"); 3338 return ResAddr; 3339 } 3340 3341 Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 3342 QualType Ty) const { 3343 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, 3344 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), 3345 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), 3346 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false); 3347 } 3348 3349 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 3350 bool IsReturnType) const { 3351 3352 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 3353 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3354 3355 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3356 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3357 3358 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty); 3359 uint64_t Width = Info.Width; 3360 CharUnits Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align); 3361 3362 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 3363 if (RT) { 3364 if (!IsReturnType) { 3365 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 3366 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3367 } 3368 3369 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3370 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 3371 3372 } 3373 3374 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to 3375 // other targets. 3376 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3377 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 3378 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 3379 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 3380 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 3381 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 3382 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3383 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3384 } 3385 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); 3386 } 3387 3388 3389 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 3390 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 3391 // directly. 3392 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 3393 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 3394 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3395 } 3396 3397 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 3398 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 3399 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 3400 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 3401 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 3402 3403 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 3404 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width)); 3405 } 3406 3407 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 3408 // extended. 3409 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3410 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 3411 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 3412 3413 // Mingw64 GCC uses the old 80 bit extended precision floating point unit. It 3414 // passes them indirectly through memory. 3415 if (IsMingw64 && BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 3416 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat(); 3417 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) 3418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); 3419 } 3420 3421 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3422 } 3423 3424 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3425 bool IsVectorCall = 3426 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall; 3427 3428 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall. 3429 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0; 3430 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3431 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true); 3432 3433 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall. 3434 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0; 3435 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 3436 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false); 3437 } 3438 3439 Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 3440 QualType Ty) const { 3441 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, 3442 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), 3443 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), 3444 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false); 3445 } 3446 3447 // PowerPC-32 3448 namespace { 3449 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3450 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3451 bool IsSoftFloatABI; 3452 public: 3453 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI) 3454 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI) {} 3455 3456 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 3457 QualType Ty) const override; 3458 }; 3459 3460 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3461 public: 3462 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI) 3463 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, SoftFloatABI)) {} 3464 3465 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3466 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3467 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3468 } 3469 3470 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3471 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3472 }; 3473 3474 } 3475 3476 Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList, 3477 QualType Ty) const { 3478 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3479 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. 3480 (void)CTy; 3481 return Address::invalid(); 3482 } 3483 3484 // struct __va_list_tag { 3485 // unsigned char gpr; 3486 // unsigned char fpr; 3487 // unsigned short reserved; 3488 // void *overflow_arg_area; 3489 // void *reg_save_area; 3490 // }; 3491 3492 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 3493 bool isInt = 3494 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); 3495 bool isF64 = Ty->isFloatingType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 3496 3497 // All aggregates are passed indirectly? That doesn't seem consistent 3498 // with the argument-lowering code. 3499 bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType(); 3500 3501 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3502 3503 // The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR. 3504 Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid(); 3505 if (isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) { 3506 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), "gpr"); 3507 } else { 3508 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, CharUnits::One(), "fpr"); 3509 } 3510 3511 llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs"); 3512 3513 // "Align" the register count when TY is i64. 3514 if (isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) { 3515 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3516 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U)); 3517 } 3518 3519 llvm::Value *CC = 3520 Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond"); 3521 3522 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); 3523 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); 3524 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); 3525 3526 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); 3527 3528 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); 3529 if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0); 3530 3531 // Case 1: consume registers. 3532 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid(); 3533 { 3534 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); 3535 3536 Address RegSaveAreaPtr = 3537 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); 3538 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr), 3539 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); 3540 assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty); 3541 3542 // Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers. 3543 if (!(isInt || IsSoftFloatABI)) { 3544 RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr, 3545 CharUnits::fromQuantity(32)); 3546 } 3547 3548 // Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of 3549 // registers we've used by the number of 3550 CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity((isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) ? 4 : 8); 3551 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 3552 Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity())); 3553 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, 3554 RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset), 3555 RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize)); 3556 RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy); 3557 3558 // Increase the used-register count. 3559 NumRegs = 3560 Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, 3561 Builder.getInt8((isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) ? 2 : 1)); 3562 Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr); 3563 3564 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3565 } 3566 3567 // Case 2: consume space in the overflow area. 3568 Address MemAddr = Address::invalid(); 3569 { 3570 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); 3571 3572 // Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4. 3573 CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); 3574 3575 CharUnits Size; 3576 if (!isIndirect) { 3577 auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 3578 Size = TypeInfo.first.RoundUpToAlignment(OverflowAreaAlign); 3579 } else { 3580 Size = CGF.getPointerSize(); 3581 } 3582 3583 Address OverflowAreaAddr = 3584 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4)); 3585 Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr, "argp.cur"), 3586 OverflowAreaAlign); 3587 // Round up address of argument to alignment 3588 CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); 3589 if (Align > OverflowAreaAlign) { 3590 llvm::Value *Ptr = OverflowArea.getPointer(); 3591 OverflowArea = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, Align), 3592 Align); 3593 } 3594 3595 MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy); 3596 3597 // Increase the overflow area. 3598 OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size); 3599 Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr); 3600 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3601 } 3602 3603 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); 3604 3605 // Merge the cases with a phi. 3606 Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow, 3607 "vaarg.addr"); 3608 3609 // Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly. 3610 if (isIndirect) { 3611 Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"), 3612 getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty)); 3613 } 3614 3615 return Result; 3616 } 3617 3618 bool 3619 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3620 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3621 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3622 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3623 3624 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3625 3626 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3627 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3628 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3629 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3630 3631 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 3632 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 3633 3634 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3635 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3636 3637 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3638 // 64: mq 3639 // 65: lr 3640 // 66: ctr 3641 // 67: ap 3642 // 68-75 cr0-7 3643 // 76: xer 3644 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3645 3646 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3647 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3648 3649 // 109: vrsave 3650 // 110: vscr 3651 // 111: spe_acc 3652 // 112: spefscr 3653 // 113: sfp 3654 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3655 3656 return false; 3657 } 3658 3659 // PowerPC-64 3660 3661 namespace { 3662 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3663 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3664 public: 3665 enum ABIKind { 3666 ELFv1 = 0, 3667 ELFv2 3668 }; 3669 3670 private: 3671 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3672 ABIKind Kind; 3673 bool HasQPX; 3674 3675 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and 3676 // will be passed in a QPX register. 3677 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const { 3678 if (!HasQPX) 3679 return false; 3680 3681 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3682 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3683 if (NumElements == 1) 3684 return false; 3685 3686 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) { 3687 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256) 3688 return true; 3689 } else if (VT->getElementType()-> 3690 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) { 3691 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128) 3692 return true; 3693 } 3694 } 3695 3696 return false; 3697 } 3698 3699 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const { 3700 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr()); 3701 } 3702 3703 public: 3704 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX) 3705 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {} 3706 3707 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3708 CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const; 3709 3710 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3711 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3712 3713 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3714 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3715 uint64_t Members) const override; 3716 3717 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3718 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3719 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3720 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3721 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3722 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3723 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3724 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3725 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3726 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3727 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3728 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3729 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3730 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3731 if (T) { 3732 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3733 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) || 3734 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3735 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3736 QualType QT(T, 0); 3737 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3738 continue; 3739 } 3740 } 3741 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3742 } 3743 } 3744 3745 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 3746 QualType Ty) const override; 3747 }; 3748 3749 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3750 3751 public: 3752 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3753 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX) 3754 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {} 3755 3756 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3757 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3758 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3759 } 3760 3761 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3762 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3763 }; 3764 3765 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3766 public: 3767 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3768 3769 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3770 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3771 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3772 } 3773 3774 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3775 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3776 }; 3777 3778 } 3779 3780 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3781 // extended to 64 bits. 3782 bool 3783 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3784 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3785 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3786 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3787 3788 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3789 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3790 return true; 3791 3792 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3793 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3794 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3795 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3796 case BuiltinType::Int: 3797 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3798 return true; 3799 default: 3800 break; 3801 } 3802 3803 return false; 3804 } 3805 3806 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or 3807 /// higher alignment in the parameter area. Always returns at least 8. 3808 CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const { 3809 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3810 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3811 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3812 3813 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3814 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3815 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) { 3816 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128) 3817 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32); 3818 3819 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); 3820 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3821 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8); 3822 } 3823 3824 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3825 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3826 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3827 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3828 if (EltType) { 3829 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3830 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() && 3831 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3832 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3833 AlignAsType = EltType; 3834 } 3835 3836 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3837 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3838 uint64_t Members = 0; 3839 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3840 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3841 AlignAsType = Base; 3842 3843 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3844 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) { 3845 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128) 3846 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32); 3847 3848 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); 3849 } else if (AlignAsType) { 3850 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8); 3851 } 3852 3853 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3854 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3855 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) { 3856 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256) 3857 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32); 3858 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); 3859 } 3860 3861 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 3862 } 3863 3864 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3865 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3866 /// to the number of base elements. 3867 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3868 uint64_t &Members) const { 3869 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3870 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3871 if (NElements == 0) 3872 return false; 3873 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3874 return false; 3875 Members *= NElements; 3876 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3877 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3878 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3879 return false; 3880 3881 Members = 0; 3882 3883 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 3884 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 3885 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 3886 // Ignore empty records. 3887 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true)) 3888 continue; 3889 3890 uint64_t FldMembers; 3891 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3892 return false; 3893 3894 Members += FldMembers; 3895 } 3896 } 3897 3898 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3899 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3900 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3901 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3902 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3903 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3904 return false; 3905 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3906 } 3907 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3908 continue; 3909 3910 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3911 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3912 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3913 continue; 3914 3915 uint64_t FldMembers; 3916 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3917 return false; 3918 3919 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3920 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3921 } 3922 3923 if (!Base) 3924 return false; 3925 3926 // Ensure there is no padding. 3927 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3928 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3929 return false; 3930 } else { 3931 Members = 1; 3932 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3933 Members = 2; 3934 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3935 } 3936 3937 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths. 3938 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty)) 3939 return false; 3940 3941 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3942 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3943 // treated as being equivalent here. 3944 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3945 if (!Base) 3946 Base = TyPtr; 3947 3948 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3949 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3950 return false; 3951 } 3952 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members); 3953 } 3954 3955 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 3956 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3957 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3958 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3959 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3960 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3961 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3962 return true; 3963 } 3964 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3965 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) 3966 return true; 3967 } 3968 return false; 3969 } 3970 3971 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough( 3972 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const { 3973 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3974 // or two registers depending on their size. 3975 uint32_t NumRegs = 3976 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3977 3978 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3979 return Members * NumRegs <= 8; 3980 } 3981 3982 ABIArgInfo 3983 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3984 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3985 3986 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3987 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3988 3989 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3990 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3991 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) { 3992 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3993 if (Size > 128) 3994 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 3995 else if (Size < 128) { 3996 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3997 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3998 } 3999 } 4000 4001 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4002 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 4003 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4004 4005 uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity(); 4006 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 4007 4008 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 4009 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4010 uint64_t Members = 0; 4011 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 4012 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4013 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4014 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 4015 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 4016 } 4017 4018 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 4019 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 4020 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 4021 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 4022 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4023 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 4024 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 4025 4026 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 4027 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 4028 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 4029 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 4030 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 4031 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 4032 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 4033 else { 4034 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 4035 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 4036 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 4037 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 4038 } 4039 4040 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 4041 } 4042 4043 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 4044 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign), 4045 /*ByVal=*/true, 4046 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4047 } 4048 4049 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 4050 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4051 } 4052 4053 ABIArgInfo 4054 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4055 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4056 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4057 4058 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4059 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4060 4061 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 4062 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 4063 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) { 4064 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4065 if (Size > 128) 4066 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 4067 else if (Size < 128) { 4068 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 4069 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 4070 } 4071 } 4072 4073 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4074 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 4075 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4076 uint64_t Members = 0; 4077 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 4078 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 4079 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4080 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 4081 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 4082 } 4083 4084 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 4085 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4086 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 4087 if (Bits == 0) 4088 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4089 4090 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 4091 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 4092 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 4093 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr); 4094 } else 4095 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 4096 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 4097 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 4098 } 4099 4100 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 4101 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 4102 } 4103 4104 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 4105 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4106 } 4107 4108 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 4109 Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 4110 QualType Ty) const { 4111 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 4112 TypeInfo.second = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty); 4113 4114 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 4115 4116 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 4117 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 4118 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 4119 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 4120 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 4121 // and store them to a temporary structure. 4122 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4123 CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.first / 2; 4124 if (EltSize < SlotSize) { 4125 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty, 4126 SlotSize * 2, SlotSize, 4127 SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true); 4128 4129 Address RealAddr = Addr; 4130 Address ImagAddr = RealAddr; 4131 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 4132 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, 4133 SlotSize - EltSize); 4134 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr, 4135 2 * SlotSize - EltSize); 4136 } else { 4137 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize); 4138 } 4139 4140 llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType()); 4141 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy); 4142 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy); 4143 llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal"); 4144 llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag"); 4145 4146 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx"); 4147 CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty), 4148 /*init*/ true); 4149 return Temp; 4150 } 4151 } 4152 4153 // Otherwise, just use the general rule. 4154 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false, 4155 TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true); 4156 } 4157 4158 static bool 4159 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4160 llvm::Value *Address) { 4161 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 4162 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 4163 4164 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4165 4166 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 4167 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 4168 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 4169 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 4170 4171 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 4172 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 4173 4174 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 4175 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 4176 4177 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 4178 // 64: mq 4179 // 65: lr 4180 // 66: ctr 4181 // 67: ap 4182 // 68-75 cr0-7 4183 // 76: xer 4184 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 4185 4186 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 4187 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 4188 4189 // 109: vrsave 4190 // 110: vscr 4191 // 111: spe_acc 4192 // 112: spefscr 4193 // 113: sfp 4194 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 4195 4196 return false; 4197 } 4198 4199 bool 4200 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 4201 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4202 llvm::Value *Address) const { 4203 4204 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 4205 } 4206 4207 bool 4208 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4209 llvm::Value *Address) const { 4210 4211 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 4212 } 4213 4214 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4215 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 4216 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4217 4218 namespace { 4219 4220 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4221 public: 4222 enum ABIKind { 4223 AAPCS = 0, 4224 DarwinPCS 4225 }; 4226 4227 private: 4228 ABIKind Kind; 4229 4230 public: 4231 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 4232 4233 private: 4234 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4235 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 4236 4237 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4238 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 4239 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 4240 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 4241 uint64_t Members) const override; 4242 4243 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4244 4245 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 4246 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4247 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 4248 4249 for (auto &it : FI.arguments()) 4250 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type); 4251 } 4252 4253 Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4254 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 4255 4256 Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4257 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 4258 4259 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 4260 QualType Ty) const override { 4261 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 4262 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4263 } 4264 }; 4265 4266 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4267 public: 4268 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4269 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4270 4271 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4272 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4273 } 4274 4275 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4276 return 31; 4277 } 4278 4279 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; } 4280 }; 4281 } 4282 4283 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 4284 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 4285 4286 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4287 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4288 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4289 if (Size <= 32) { 4290 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4291 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4292 } 4293 if (Size == 64) { 4294 llvm::Type *ResType = 4295 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4296 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4297 } 4298 if (Size == 128) { 4299 llvm::Type *ResType = 4300 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4301 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4302 } 4303 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 4304 } 4305 4306 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4307 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4308 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 4309 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4310 4311 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 4312 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4313 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4314 } 4315 4316 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 4317 // copy constructor are always indirect. 4318 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4319 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 4320 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4321 } 4322 4323 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 4324 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 4325 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4326 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 4327 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4328 4329 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4330 } 4331 4332 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 4333 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4334 uint64_t Members = 0; 4335 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4336 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 4337 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members)); 4338 } 4339 4340 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 4341 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4342 if (Size <= 128) { 4343 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 4344 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4345 4346 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 4347 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 4348 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 4349 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4350 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 4351 } 4352 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4353 } 4354 4355 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 4356 } 4357 4358 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4359 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4360 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4361 4362 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4363 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 4364 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 4365 4366 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4367 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4368 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4369 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4370 4371 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 4372 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4373 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4374 } 4375 4376 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4377 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4378 4379 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4380 uint64_t Members = 0; 4381 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) 4382 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 4383 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4384 4385 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 4386 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4387 if (Size <= 128) { 4388 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy); 4389 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 4390 4391 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 4392 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 4393 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 4394 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4395 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 4396 } 4397 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 4398 } 4399 4400 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 4401 } 4402 4403 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 4404 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4405 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4406 // Check whether VT is legal. 4407 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4408 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4409 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 4410 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 4411 return true; 4412 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 4413 } 4414 return false; 4415 } 4416 4417 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4418 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4419 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4420 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4421 // including __fp16. 4422 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4423 if (BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4424 return true; 4425 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4426 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4427 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4428 return true; 4429 } 4430 return false; 4431 } 4432 4433 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4434 uint64_t Members) const { 4435 return Members <= 4; 4436 } 4437 4438 Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, 4439 QualType Ty, 4440 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4441 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 4442 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 4443 4444 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); 4445 if (IsIndirect) 4446 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy); 4447 else if (AI.getCoerceToType()) 4448 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); 4449 4450 unsigned NumRegs = 1; 4451 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) { 4452 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); 4453 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements(); 4454 } 4455 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy(); 4456 4457 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 4458 // Standard, section B.4: 4459 // 4460 // struct { 4461 // void *__stack; 4462 // void *__gr_top; 4463 // void *__vr_top; 4464 // int __gr_offs; 4465 // int __vr_offs; 4466 // }; 4467 4468 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 4469 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 4470 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 4471 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 4472 4473 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 4474 CharUnits TyAlign = TyInfo.second; 4475 4476 Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid(); 4477 llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr; 4478 int reg_top_index; 4479 CharUnits reg_top_offset; 4480 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TyInfo.first.getQuantity(); 4481 if (!IsFPR) { 4482 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 4483 reg_offs_p = 4484 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24), 4485 "gr_offs_p"); 4486 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 4487 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 4488 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 4489 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8); 4490 } else { 4491 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 4492 reg_offs_p = 4493 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(28), 4494 "vr_offs_p"); 4495 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 4496 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 4497 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); 4498 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs; 4499 } 4500 4501 //======================================= 4502 // Find out where argument was passed 4503 //======================================= 4504 4505 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 4506 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 4507 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 4508 // whatever they get). 4509 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 4510 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 4511 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 4512 4513 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 4514 4515 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 4516 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 4517 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 4518 4519 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 4520 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 4521 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 4522 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) { 4523 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity(); 4524 4525 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4526 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 4527 "align_regoffs"); 4528 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4529 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 4530 "aligned_regoffs"); 4531 } 4532 4533 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 4534 // The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that 4535 // allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining 4536 // registers of the appropriate kind. 4537 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 4538 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4539 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 4540 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 4541 4542 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 4543 // registers or not. 4544 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 4545 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 4546 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 4547 4548 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 4549 4550 //======================================= 4551 // Argument was in registers 4552 //======================================= 4553 4554 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 4555 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 4556 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 4557 4558 llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr; 4559 Address reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, 4560 reg_top_offset, "reg_top_p"); 4561 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 4562 Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs), 4563 CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8)); 4564 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid(); 4565 llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 4566 4567 if (IsIndirect) { 4568 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 4569 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 4570 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 4571 } 4572 4573 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4574 uint64_t NumMembers = 0; 4575 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers); 4576 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 4577 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 4578 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 4579 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 4580 // contiguously. 4581 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 4582 auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0)); 4583 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4584 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 4585 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy, 4586 std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.second)); 4587 4588 // On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot. 4589 int Offset = 0; 4590 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 4591 BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity() < 16) 4592 Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity(); 4593 4594 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 4595 CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset); 4596 Address LoadAddr = 4597 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 4598 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy); 4599 4600 Address StoreAddr = 4601 CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i, BaseTyInfo.first); 4602 4603 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 4604 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 4605 } 4606 4607 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 4608 } else { 4609 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory. 4610 4611 // It might be right-aligned in its slot. 4612 CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment(); 4613 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect && 4614 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 4615 TyInfo.first < SlotSize) { 4616 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TyInfo.first; 4617 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset); 4618 } 4619 4620 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 4621 } 4622 4623 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4624 4625 //======================================= 4626 // Argument was on the stack 4627 //======================================= 4628 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 4629 4630 Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, 4631 CharUnits::Zero(), "stack_p"); 4632 llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 4633 4634 // Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and 4635 // floating-point ones might be affected. 4636 if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) { 4637 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity(); 4638 4639 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4640 4641 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4642 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 4643 "align_stack"); 4644 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4645 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 4646 "align_stack"); 4647 4648 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4649 } 4650 Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr, 4651 std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign)); 4652 4653 // All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes. 4654 CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 4655 CharUnits StackSize; 4656 if (IsIndirect) 4657 StackSize = StackSlotSize; 4658 else 4659 StackSize = TyInfo.first.RoundUpToAlignment(StackSlotSize); 4660 4661 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize); 4662 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4663 CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4664 4665 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4666 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4667 4668 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4669 TyInfo.first < StackSlotSize) { 4670 CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TyInfo.first; 4671 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset); 4672 } 4673 4674 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4675 4676 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4677 4678 //======================================= 4679 // Tidy up 4680 //======================================= 4681 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4682 4683 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, 4684 OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr"); 4685 4686 if (IsIndirect) 4687 return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"), 4688 TyInfo.second); 4689 4690 return ResAddr; 4691 } 4692 4693 Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4694 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4695 // The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or 4696 // illegal vector types. Lower VAArg here for these cases and use 4697 // the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else. 4698 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4699 return Address::invalid(); 4700 4701 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 4702 4703 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4704 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4705 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize); 4706 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 4707 return Addr; 4708 } 4709 4710 // The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just 4711 // being a pointer for indirect types. 4712 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 4713 4714 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous 4715 // aggregates should be passed indirectly. 4716 bool IsIndirect = false; 4717 if (TyInfo.first.getQuantity() > 16) { 4718 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4719 uint64_t Members = 0; 4720 IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members); 4721 } 4722 4723 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, 4724 TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); 4725 } 4726 4727 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4728 // ARM ABI Implementation 4729 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4730 4731 namespace { 4732 4733 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4734 public: 4735 enum ABIKind { 4736 APCS = 0, 4737 AAPCS = 1, 4738 AAPCS_VFP = 2, 4739 AAPCS16_VFP = 3, 4740 }; 4741 4742 private: 4743 ABIKind Kind; 4744 4745 public: 4746 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) { 4747 setCCs(); 4748 } 4749 4750 bool isEABI() const { 4751 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4752 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4753 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4754 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4755 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4756 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4757 return true; 4758 default: 4759 return false; 4760 } 4761 } 4762 4763 bool isEABIHF() const { 4764 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4765 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4766 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4767 return true; 4768 default: 4769 return false; 4770 } 4771 } 4772 4773 bool isAndroid() const { 4774 return (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment() == 4775 llvm::Triple::Android); 4776 } 4777 4778 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4779 4780 private: 4781 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4782 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4783 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4784 4785 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 4786 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 4787 uint64_t Members) const override; 4788 4789 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4790 4791 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 4792 QualType Ty) const override; 4793 4794 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4795 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4796 void setCCs(); 4797 }; 4798 4799 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4800 public: 4801 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4802 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4803 4804 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4805 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4806 } 4807 4808 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4809 return 13; 4810 } 4811 4812 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4813 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4814 } 4815 4816 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4817 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4818 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4819 4820 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4821 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4822 return false; 4823 } 4824 4825 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4826 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4827 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4828 } 4829 4830 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4831 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4832 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); 4833 if (!FD) 4834 return; 4835 4836 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4837 if (!Attr) 4838 return; 4839 4840 const char *Kind; 4841 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4842 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4843 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4844 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4845 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4846 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4847 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4848 } 4849 4850 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4851 4852 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4853 4854 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind ABI = cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind(); 4855 if (ABI == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4856 return; 4857 4858 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4859 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4860 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4861 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4862 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4863 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4864 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4865 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4866 B)); 4867 } 4868 }; 4869 4870 class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo { 4871 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4872 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const; 4873 4874 public: 4875 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4876 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {} 4877 4878 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4879 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 4880 }; 4881 4882 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute( 4883 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 4884 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 4885 return; 4886 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096) 4887 return; 4888 4889 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4890 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", 4891 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); 4892 } 4893 4894 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes( 4895 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 4896 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); 4897 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); 4898 } 4899 } 4900 4901 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4902 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 4903 FI.getReturnInfo() = 4904 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4905 4906 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 4907 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic()); 4908 4909 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4910 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4911 return; 4912 4913 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4914 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4915 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4916 } 4917 4918 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4919 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4920 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4921 if (isEABIHF() || getTarget().getTriple().isWatchOS()) 4922 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4923 else if (isEABI()) 4924 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4925 else 4926 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4927 } 4928 4929 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4930 /// as the C calling convention. 4931 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4932 switch (getABIKind()) { 4933 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4934 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4935 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4936 case AAPCS16_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4937 } 4938 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4939 } 4940 4941 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() { 4942 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4943 4944 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4945 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4946 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4947 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4948 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4949 4950 // AAPCS apparently requires runtime support functions to be soft-float, but 4951 // that's almost certainly for historic reasons (Thumb1 not supporting VFP 4952 // most likely). It's more convenient for AAPCS16_VFP to be hard-float. 4953 switch (getABIKind()) { 4954 case APCS: 4955 case AAPCS16_VFP: 4956 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4957 BuiltinCC = abiCC; 4958 break; 4959 case AAPCS: 4960 case AAPCS_VFP: 4961 BuiltinCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4962 break; 4963 } 4964 } 4965 4966 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 4967 bool isVariadic) const { 4968 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4969 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4970 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4971 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4972 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4973 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4974 // to four Elements. 4975 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4976 4977 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 4978 4979 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4980 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4981 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4982 if (Size <= 32) { 4983 llvm::Type *ResType = 4984 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4985 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4986 } 4987 if (Size == 64) { 4988 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4989 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4990 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4991 } 4992 if (Size == 128) { 4993 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4994 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4995 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4996 } 4997 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 4998 } 4999 5000 // __fp16 gets passed as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 bits 5001 // unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type 5002 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code. 5003 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5004 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ? 5005 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) : 5006 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 5007 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 5008 } 5009 5010 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5011 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5012 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5013 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5014 } 5015 5016 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 5017 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5018 } 5019 5020 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5021 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5022 } 5023 5024 // Ignore empty records. 5025 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5026 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5027 5028 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 5029 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 5030 // into VFP registers. 5031 const Type *Base = nullptr; 5032 uint64_t Members = 0; 5033 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 5034 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 5035 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 5036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 5037 } 5038 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) { 5039 // WatchOS does have homogeneous aggregates. Note that we intentionally use 5040 // this convention even for a variadic function: the backend will use GPRs 5041 // if needed. 5042 const Type *Base = nullptr; 5043 uint64_t Members = 0; 5044 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 5045 assert(Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate"); 5046 llvm::Type *Ty = 5047 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members); 5048 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false); 5049 } 5050 } 5051 5052 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && 5053 getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)) { 5054 // WatchOS is adopting the 64-bit AAPCS rule on composite types: if they're 5055 // bigger than 128-bits, they get placed in space allocated by the caller, 5056 // and a pointer is passed. 5057 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect( 5058 CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8), false); 5059 } 5060 5061 // Support byval for ARM. 5062 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 5063 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 5064 // than ABI alignment. 5065 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 5066 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5067 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 5068 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 5069 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 5070 5071 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 5072 assert(getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval"); 5073 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign), 5074 /*ByVal=*/true, 5075 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 5076 } 5077 5078 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 5079 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 5080 unsigned SizeRegs; 5081 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 5082 // we can. 5083 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 5084 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 5085 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 5086 } else { 5087 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 5088 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 5089 } 5090 5091 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs)); 5092 } 5093 5094 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 5095 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 5096 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 5097 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 5098 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 5099 5100 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 5101 5102 // Check that the type fits in a word. 5103 if (Size > 32) 5104 return false; 5105 5106 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 5107 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 5108 return false; 5109 5110 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 5111 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 5112 return false; 5113 5114 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 5115 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 5116 return true; 5117 5118 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 5119 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 5120 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 5121 5122 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 5123 // above, but they are not. 5124 5125 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 5126 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5127 if (!RT) return false; 5128 5129 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 5130 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5131 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5132 return false; 5133 5134 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 5135 // like". 5136 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5137 5138 bool HadField = false; 5139 unsigned idx = 0; 5140 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5141 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5142 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 5143 5144 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 5145 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 5146 // struct { int : 0; int x } 5147 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 5148 if (FD->isBitField()) { 5149 if (!RD->isUnion()) 5150 HadField = true; 5151 5152 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 5153 return false; 5154 5155 continue; 5156 } 5157 5158 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 5159 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 5160 return false; 5161 5162 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 5163 return false; 5164 5165 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 5166 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 5167 // empty structure. 5168 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 5169 if (HadField) 5170 return false; 5171 5172 HadField = true; 5173 } 5174 } 5175 5176 return true; 5177 } 5178 5179 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 5180 bool isVariadic) const { 5181 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = 5182 (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP || getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) && !isVariadic; 5183 5184 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5185 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5186 5187 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5188 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 5189 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 5190 } 5191 5192 // __fp16 gets returned as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 5193 // bits unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type 5194 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code. 5195 if (RetTy->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5196 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ? 5197 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) : 5198 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 5199 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 5200 } 5201 5202 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5203 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5204 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5205 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5206 5207 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 5208 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5209 } 5210 5211 // Are we following APCS? 5212 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 5213 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 5214 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5215 5216 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 5217 // 5218 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 5219 // correctly. 5220 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5221 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 5222 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 5223 5224 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 5225 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 5226 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5227 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5228 if (Size <= 8) 5229 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5230 if (Size <= 16) 5231 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5232 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5233 } 5234 5235 // Otherwise return in memory. 5236 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 5237 } 5238 5239 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 5240 5241 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5242 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5243 5244 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 5245 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 5246 const Type *Base = nullptr; 5247 uint64_t Members = 0; 5248 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 5249 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 5250 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 5251 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5256 // are returned indirectly. 5257 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5258 if (Size <= 32) { 5259 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 5260 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 5261 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5262 5263 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5264 if (Size <= 8) 5265 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5266 if (Size <= 16) 5267 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5268 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5269 } else if (Size <= 128 && getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) { 5270 llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 5271 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = 5272 llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 32) / 32); 5273 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 5274 } 5275 5276 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 5277 } 5278 5279 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 5280 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 5281 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType> ()) { 5282 if (isAndroid()) { 5283 // Android shipped using Clang 3.1, which supported a slightly different 5284 // vector ABI. The primary differences were that 3-element vector types 5285 // were legal, and so were sub 32-bit vectors (i.e. <2 x i8>). This path 5286 // accepts that legacy behavior for Android only. 5287 // Check whether VT is legal. 5288 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 5289 // NumElements should be power of 2 or equal to 3. 5290 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements) && NumElements != 3) 5291 return true; 5292 } else { 5293 // Check whether VT is legal. 5294 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 5295 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 5296 // NumElements should be power of 2. 5297 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements)) 5298 return true; 5299 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 5300 return Size <= 32; 5301 } 5302 } 5303 return false; 5304 } 5305 5306 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 5307 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 5308 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 5309 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 5310 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 5311 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 5312 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 5313 return true; 5314 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 5315 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 5316 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 5317 return true; 5318 } 5319 return false; 5320 } 5321 5322 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 5323 uint64_t Members) const { 5324 return Members <= 4; 5325 } 5326 5327 Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 5328 QualType Ty) const { 5329 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); 5330 5331 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 5332 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 5333 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize); 5334 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5335 return Addr; 5336 } 5337 5338 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 5339 CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second; 5340 5341 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 5342 bool IsIndirect = false; 5343 const Type *Base = nullptr; 5344 uint64_t Members = 0; 5345 if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 5346 IsIndirect = true; 5347 5348 // ARMv7k passes structs bigger than 16 bytes indirectly, in space 5349 // allocated by the caller. 5350 } else if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && 5351 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && 5352 !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 5353 IsIndirect = true; 5354 5355 // Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment. 5356 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 5357 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 5358 // Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address. 5359 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 5360 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) { 5361 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4)); 5362 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); 5363 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) { 5364 // ARMv7k allows type alignment up to 16 bytes. 5365 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4)); 5366 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); 5367 } else { 5368 TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); 5369 } 5370 TyInfo.second = TyAlignForABI; 5371 5372 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo, 5373 SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); 5374 } 5375 5376 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5377 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 5378 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5379 5380 namespace { 5381 5382 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5383 public: 5384 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5385 5386 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5387 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5388 5389 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5390 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 5391 QualType Ty) const override; 5392 }; 5393 5394 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5395 public: 5396 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5397 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5398 5399 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5400 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5401 private: 5402 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 5403 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 5404 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 5405 }; 5406 5407 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5408 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5409 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5410 5411 // note: this is different from default ABI 5412 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 5413 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5414 5415 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5416 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5417 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5418 5419 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5420 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5421 } 5422 5423 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5424 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5425 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5426 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5427 5428 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value 5429 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 5430 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true); 5431 5432 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5433 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5434 } 5435 5436 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5437 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5438 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5439 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5440 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5441 5442 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5443 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5444 return; 5445 5446 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5447 } 5448 5449 Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 5450 QualType Ty) const { 5451 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5452 } 5453 5454 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5455 setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5456 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5457 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); 5458 if (!FD) return; 5459 5460 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5461 5462 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5463 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5464 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5465 // By default, all functions are device functions 5466 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5467 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5468 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5469 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5470 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5471 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5472 } 5473 } 5474 5475 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5476 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5477 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5478 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5479 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5480 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5481 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5482 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5483 } 5484 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5485 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5486 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32); 5487 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()); 5488 if (MaxThreads > 0) 5489 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue()); 5490 5491 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was 5492 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value, 5493 // we don't have to add a PTX directive. 5494 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) { 5495 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32); 5496 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()); 5497 if (MinBlocks > 0) 5498 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5499 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue()); 5500 } 5501 } 5502 } 5503 } 5504 5505 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5506 int Operand) { 5507 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5508 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5509 5510 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5511 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5512 5513 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = { 5514 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5515 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get( 5516 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))}; 5517 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5518 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5523 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5524 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5525 5526 namespace { 5527 5528 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5529 bool HasVector; 5530 5531 public: 5532 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV) 5533 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {} 5534 5535 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5536 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5537 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5538 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5539 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const; 5540 5541 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5542 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5543 5544 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5545 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5546 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5547 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5548 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5549 } 5550 5551 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 5552 QualType Ty) const override; 5553 }; 5554 5555 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5556 public: 5557 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector) 5558 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {} 5559 }; 5560 5561 } 5562 5563 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5564 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5565 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5566 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5567 5568 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5569 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5570 return true; 5571 5572 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5573 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5574 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5575 case BuiltinType::Int: 5576 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5577 return true; 5578 default: 5579 return false; 5580 } 5581 return false; 5582 } 5583 5584 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5585 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() || 5586 Ty->isVectorType() || 5587 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)); 5588 } 5589 5590 bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5591 return (HasVector && 5592 Ty->isVectorType() && 5593 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128); 5594 } 5595 5596 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5597 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5598 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5599 case BuiltinType::Float: 5600 case BuiltinType::Double: 5601 return true; 5602 default: 5603 return false; 5604 } 5605 5606 return false; 5607 } 5608 5609 QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const { 5610 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5611 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5612 QualType Found; 5613 5614 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5615 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5616 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5617 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5618 5619 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5620 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5621 continue; 5622 5623 if (!Found.isNull()) 5624 return Ty; 5625 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base); 5626 } 5627 5628 // Check the fields. 5629 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5630 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 5631 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5632 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5633 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5634 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5635 continue; 5636 5637 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5638 // Nested structures still do though. 5639 if (!Found.isNull()) 5640 return Ty; 5641 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType()); 5642 } 5643 5644 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5645 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5646 if (!Found.isNull()) 5647 return Found; 5648 } 5649 5650 return Ty; 5651 } 5652 5653 Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 5654 QualType Ty) const { 5655 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5656 // struct { 5657 // i64 __gpr; 5658 // i64 __fpr; 5659 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5660 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5661 // }; 5662 5663 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference 5664 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are 5665 // always passed on the stack. 5666 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5667 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 5668 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 5669 llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy; 5670 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5671 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5672 bool InFPRs = false; 5673 bool IsVector = false; 5674 CharUnits UnpaddedSize; 5675 CharUnits DirectAlign; 5676 if (IsIndirect) { 5677 DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy); 5678 UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 5679 } else { 5680 if (AI.getCoerceToType()) 5681 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); 5682 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy(); 5683 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy(); 5684 UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.first; 5685 DirectAlign = TyInfo.second; 5686 } 5687 CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 5688 if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize) 5689 PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); 5690 assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5691 5692 CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize); 5693 5694 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty; 5695 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = 5696 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity()); 5697 5698 if (IsVector) { 5699 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack. 5700 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a 5701 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot. 5702 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5703 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), 5704 "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5705 Address OverflowArgArea = 5706 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"), 5707 TyInfo.second); 5708 Address MemAddr = 5709 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr"); 5710 5711 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5712 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5713 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV, 5714 "overflow_arg_area"); 5715 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5716 5717 return MemAddr; 5718 } 5719 5720 assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8); 5721 5722 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex; 5723 CharUnits RegPadding; 5724 if (InFPRs) { 5725 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5726 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5727 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5728 RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5729 } else { 5730 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5731 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5732 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5733 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5734 } 5735 5736 Address RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( 5737 VAListAddr, RegCountField, RegCountField * CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), 5738 "reg_count_ptr"); 5739 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5740 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5741 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5742 "fits_in_regs"); 5743 5744 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5745 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5746 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5747 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5748 5749 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5750 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5751 5752 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5753 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5754 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5755 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5756 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity() 5757 + RegPadding.getQuantity()); 5758 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5759 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5760 Address RegSaveAreaPtr = 5761 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24), 5762 "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5763 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5764 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5765 Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, 5766 "raw_reg_addr"), 5767 PaddedSize); 5768 Address RegAddr = 5769 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr"); 5770 5771 // Update the register count 5772 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5773 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5774 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5775 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5776 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5777 5778 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5779 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5780 5781 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5782 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( 5783 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5784 Address OverflowArgArea = 5785 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"), 5786 PaddedSize); 5787 Address RawMemAddr = 5788 CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr"); 5789 Address MemAddr = 5790 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr"); 5791 5792 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5793 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5794 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV, 5795 "overflow_arg_area"); 5796 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5797 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5798 5799 // Return the appropriate result. 5800 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5801 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, 5802 MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr"); 5803 5804 if (IsIndirect) 5805 ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"), 5806 TyInfo.second); 5807 5808 return ResAddr; 5809 } 5810 5811 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5812 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5813 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5814 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy)) 5815 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5816 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5817 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 5818 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5819 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5820 } 5821 5822 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5823 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5824 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5825 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5826 5827 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5828 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5829 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5830 5831 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that 5832 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any 5833 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match. 5834 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5835 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty); 5836 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) && 5837 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size) 5838 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy)); 5839 5840 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5841 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5842 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 5843 5844 // Handle small structures. 5845 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5846 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5847 // fail the size test above. 5848 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5849 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5850 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 5851 5852 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5853 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5854 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) { 5855 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5856 if (Size == 32) 5857 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5858 else 5859 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5860 } else 5861 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5862 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5863 } 5864 5865 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5866 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5867 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 5868 5869 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5870 } 5871 5872 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5873 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5874 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5875 5876 namespace { 5877 5878 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5879 public: 5880 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5881 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5882 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5883 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5884 }; 5885 5886 } 5887 5888 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5889 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5890 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5891 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5892 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5893 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5894 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5895 5896 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5897 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5898 5899 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5900 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5901 5902 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5903 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5904 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5905 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5906 } 5907 } 5908 } 5909 5910 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5911 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5912 // big-endian variants. 5913 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5914 5915 namespace { 5916 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5917 bool IsO32; 5918 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5919 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5920 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5921 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5922 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5923 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5924 public: 5925 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5926 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5927 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5928 5929 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5930 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5931 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5932 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 5933 QualType Ty) const override; 5934 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override; 5935 }; 5936 5937 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5938 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5939 public: 5940 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5941 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5942 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5943 5944 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5945 return 29; 5946 } 5947 5948 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5949 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5950 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); 5951 if (!FD) return; 5952 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5953 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5954 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5955 } 5956 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5957 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5958 } 5959 5960 const MipsInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<MipsInterruptAttr>(); 5961 if (!Attr) 5962 return; 5963 5964 const char *Kind; 5965 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 5966 case MipsInterruptAttr::eic: Kind = "eic"; break; 5967 case MipsInterruptAttr::sw0: Kind = "sw0"; break; 5968 case MipsInterruptAttr::sw1: Kind = "sw1"; break; 5969 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw0: Kind = "hw0"; break; 5970 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw1: Kind = "hw1"; break; 5971 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw2: Kind = "hw2"; break; 5972 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw3: Kind = "hw3"; break; 5973 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw4: Kind = "hw4"; break; 5974 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw5: Kind = "hw5"; break; 5975 } 5976 5977 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 5978 5979 } 5980 5981 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5982 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5983 5984 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5985 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5986 } 5987 }; 5988 } 5989 5990 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs( 5991 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5992 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5993 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5994 5995 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5996 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5997 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5998 5999 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 6000 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 6001 6002 if (R) 6003 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 6004 } 6005 6006 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 6007 // a register. 6008 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 6009 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 6010 6011 if (IsO32) { 6012 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 6013 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 6014 } 6015 6016 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 6017 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6018 6019 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 6020 6021 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 6022 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6023 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 6024 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 6025 } 6026 6027 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 6028 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 6029 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 6030 6031 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 6032 unsigned idx = 0; 6033 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 6034 6035 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 6036 // double fields. 6037 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 6038 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 6039 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 6040 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6041 6042 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 6043 continue; 6044 6045 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 6046 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 6047 continue; 6048 6049 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 6050 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 6051 ArgList.push_back(I64); 6052 6053 // Add double type. 6054 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 6055 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 6056 } 6057 6058 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 6059 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 6060 6061 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 6062 } 6063 6064 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 6065 uint64_t Offset) const { 6066 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 6067 return nullptr; 6068 6069 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 6070 } 6071 6072 ABIArgInfo 6073 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 6074 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 6075 6076 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 6077 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6078 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 6079 6080 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 6081 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 6082 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 6083 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 6084 6085 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 6086 // Ignore empty aggregates. 6087 if (TySize == 0) 6088 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6089 6090 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 6091 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 6092 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6093 } 6094 6095 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 6096 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 6097 // aggregate is unaligned. 6098 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 6099 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 6100 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 6101 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 6102 return ArgInfo; 6103 } 6104 6105 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6106 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6107 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6108 6109 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. 6110 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 6111 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6112 6113 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 6114 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 6115 } 6116 6117 llvm::Type* 6118 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 6119 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 6120 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 6121 6122 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6123 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 6124 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 6125 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 6126 6127 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 6128 // following conditions are met: 6129 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 6130 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 6131 // point types. 6132 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 6133 // 6134 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 6135 // 6136 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 6137 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 6138 for (; b != e; ++b) { 6139 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6140 6141 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 6142 break; 6143 6144 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 6145 } 6146 6147 if (b == e) 6148 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 6149 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 6150 6151 RTList.clear(); 6152 } 6153 } 6154 6155 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 6156 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 6157 } 6158 6159 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 6160 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 6161 6162 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 6163 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6164 6165 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 6166 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 6167 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 6168 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6169 6170 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 6171 if (Size <= 128) { 6172 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 6173 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6174 6175 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 6176 // aggregates in registers. 6177 if (!IsO32 || 6178 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 6179 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 6180 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 6181 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 6182 return ArgInfo; 6183 } 6184 } 6185 6186 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 6187 } 6188 6189 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6190 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6191 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6192 6193 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6194 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6195 } 6196 6197 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6198 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 6199 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 6200 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 6201 6202 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 6203 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 6204 6205 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6206 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 6207 } 6208 6209 Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6210 QualType OrigTy) const { 6211 QualType Ty = OrigTy; 6212 6213 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64. 6214 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32. 6215 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64; 6216 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 6217 bool DidPromote = false; 6218 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() && 6219 getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) || 6220 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) { 6221 DidPromote = true; 6222 Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits, 6223 Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); 6224 } 6225 6226 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 6227 6228 // The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than 6229 // StackAlignInBytes. 6230 TyInfo.second = 6231 std::min(TyInfo.second, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes)); 6232 6233 // MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack. 6234 CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 6235 6236 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, 6237 TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); 6238 6239 6240 // If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary. 6241 // TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot? 6242 if (DidPromote) { 6243 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp"); 6244 llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr); 6245 6246 // Truncate down to the right width. 6247 llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType() 6248 : CGF.IntPtrTy); 6249 llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy); 6250 if (OrigTy->isPointerType()) 6251 V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType()); 6252 6253 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp); 6254 Addr = Temp; 6255 } 6256 6257 return Addr; 6258 } 6259 6260 bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const { 6261 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6262 6263 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended. 6264 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32) 6265 return true; 6266 6267 return false; 6268 } 6269 6270 bool 6271 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6272 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6273 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 6274 // as canonical as it gets. 6275 6276 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 6277 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 6278 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 6279 6280 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 6281 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 6282 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 6283 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 6284 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 6285 6286 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 6287 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 6288 6289 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 6290 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 6291 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 6292 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 6293 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 6294 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 6295 return false; 6296 } 6297 6298 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6299 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 6300 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 6301 // handling. 6302 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6303 6304 namespace { 6305 6306 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 6307 public: 6308 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6309 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 6310 6311 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6312 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6313 }; 6314 6315 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes( 6316 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 6317 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); 6318 if (!FD) return; 6319 6320 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6321 6322 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6323 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6324 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 6325 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 6326 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 6327 if (Attr) { 6328 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 6329 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 6330 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 6331 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata( 6332 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 6333 6334 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands; 6335 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F)); 6336 6337 Operands.push_back( 6338 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 6339 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())))); 6340 Operands.push_back( 6341 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 6342 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())))); 6343 Operands.push_back( 6344 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 6345 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())))); 6346 6347 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" 6348 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. 6349 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 6350 Operands.push_back( 6351 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context))); 6352 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 6353 } 6354 } 6355 } 6356 } 6357 6358 } 6359 6360 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6361 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 6362 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6363 6364 namespace { 6365 6366 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6367 6368 6369 public: 6370 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6371 6372 private: 6373 6374 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 6375 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 6376 6377 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6378 6379 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6380 QualType Ty) const override; 6381 }; 6382 6383 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6384 public: 6385 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6386 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6387 6388 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6389 return 29; 6390 } 6391 }; 6392 6393 } 6394 6395 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6396 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 6397 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 6398 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6399 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 6400 } 6401 6402 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 6403 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 6404 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6405 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6406 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6407 6408 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6409 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6410 } 6411 6412 // Ignore empty records. 6413 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 6414 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6415 6416 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6417 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6418 6419 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6420 if (Size > 64) 6421 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true); 6422 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 6423 else if (Size > 32) 6424 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6425 else if (Size > 16) 6426 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6427 else if (Size > 8) 6428 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6429 else 6430 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6431 } 6432 6433 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 6434 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 6435 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6436 6437 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 6438 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 6439 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); 6440 6441 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 6442 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6443 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6444 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6445 6446 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6447 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6448 } 6449 6450 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 6451 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6452 6453 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 6454 // are returned indirectly. 6455 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 6456 if (Size <= 64) { 6457 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 6458 if (Size <= 8) 6459 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6460 if (Size <= 16) 6461 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6462 if (Size <= 32) 6463 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6464 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6465 } 6466 6467 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true); 6468 } 6469 6470 Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6471 QualType Ty) const { 6472 // FIXME: Someone needs to audit that this handle alignment correctly. 6473 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, 6474 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), 6475 CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), 6476 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); 6477 } 6478 6479 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6480 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation 6481 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6482 6483 namespace { 6484 6485 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6486 public: 6487 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6488 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6489 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6490 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6491 }; 6492 6493 } 6494 6495 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes( 6496 const Decl *D, 6497 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6498 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 6499 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); 6500 if (!FD) 6501 return; 6502 6503 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { 6504 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6505 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR(); 6506 if (NumVGPR != 0) 6507 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR)); 6508 } 6509 6510 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { 6511 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6512 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR(); 6513 if (NumSGPR != 0) 6514 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR)); 6515 } 6516 } 6517 6518 6519 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6520 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 6521 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 6522 // 6523 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 6524 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 6525 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 6526 // 6527 // One case requires special care: 6528 // 6529 // struct mixed { 6530 // int i; 6531 // float f; 6532 // }; 6533 // 6534 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 6535 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 6536 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 6537 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 6538 // 6539 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 6540 // 6541 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 6542 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 6543 // bytes. 6544 // 6545 namespace { 6546 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6547 public: 6548 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6549 6550 private: 6551 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 6552 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6553 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6554 QualType Ty) const override; 6555 6556 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 6557 // serves two purposes: 6558 // 6559 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 6560 // in registers. 6561 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 6562 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 6563 // 6564 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 6565 // aligned 32-bit floats. 6566 // 6567 struct CoerceBuilder { 6568 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6569 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6570 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6571 uint64_t Size; 6572 bool InReg; 6573 6574 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6575 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6576 6577 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6578 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6579 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6580 if (ToSize == Size) 6581 return; 6582 6583 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6584 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6585 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6586 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6587 Size = Aligned; 6588 } 6589 6590 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6591 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6592 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6593 Size += 64; 6594 } 6595 6596 // Final in-word padding. 6597 if (Size < ToSize) { 6598 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6599 Size = ToSize; 6600 } 6601 } 6602 6603 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6604 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6605 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6606 if (Offset % Bits) 6607 return; 6608 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6609 if (Bits < 64) 6610 InReg = true; 6611 pad(Offset); 6612 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6613 Size = Offset + Bits; 6614 } 6615 6616 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6617 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6618 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6619 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6620 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6621 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6622 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6623 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6624 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6625 break; 6626 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6627 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6628 break; 6629 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6630 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6631 break; 6632 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6633 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6634 break; 6635 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6636 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6637 pad(ElemOffset); 6638 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6639 Size += 64; 6640 } 6641 break; 6642 default: 6643 break; 6644 } 6645 } 6646 } 6647 6648 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6649 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6650 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements(); 6651 } 6652 6653 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6654 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6655 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6656 return Elems.front(); 6657 else 6658 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6659 } 6660 }; 6661 }; 6662 } // end anonymous namespace 6663 6664 ABIArgInfo 6665 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6666 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6667 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6668 6669 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6670 6671 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6672 // pointer / sret pointer. 6673 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6674 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); 6675 6676 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6677 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6678 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6679 6680 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6681 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6682 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6683 6684 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6685 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6686 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6687 6688 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6689 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6690 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6691 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6692 6693 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6694 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6695 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6696 if (!StrTy) 6697 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6698 6699 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6700 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6701 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6702 6703 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6704 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6705 6706 if (CB.InReg) 6707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6708 else 6709 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6710 } 6711 6712 Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6713 QualType Ty) const { 6714 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6715 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6716 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6717 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6718 6719 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); 6720 6721 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6722 Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize); 6723 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6724 6725 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 6726 6727 Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid(); 6728 CharUnits Stride; 6729 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6730 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6731 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6732 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6733 6734 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: { 6735 Stride = SlotSize; 6736 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.first; 6737 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend"); 6738 break; 6739 } 6740 6741 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: { 6742 auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6743 Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize); 6744 ArgAddr = Addr; 6745 break; 6746 } 6747 6748 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6749 Stride = SlotSize; 6750 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect"); 6751 ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"), 6752 TypeInfo.second); 6753 break; 6754 6755 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6756 return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.second); 6757 } 6758 6759 // Update VAList. 6760 llvm::Value *NextPtr = 6761 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), Stride, "ap.next"); 6762 Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr); 6763 6764 return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6765 } 6766 6767 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6768 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6769 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6770 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6771 } 6772 6773 namespace { 6774 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6775 public: 6776 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6777 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6778 6779 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6780 return 14; 6781 } 6782 6783 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6784 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6785 }; 6786 } // end anonymous namespace 6787 6788 bool 6789 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6790 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6791 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6792 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6793 6794 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6795 6796 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6797 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6798 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6799 6800 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6801 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6802 6803 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6804 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6805 6806 // Y = 64 6807 // PSR = 65 6808 // WIM = 66 6809 // TBR = 67 6810 // PC = 68 6811 // NPC = 69 6812 // FSR = 70 6813 // CSR = 71 6814 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6815 6816 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6817 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6818 6819 return false; 6820 } 6821 6822 6823 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6824 // XCore ABI Implementation 6825 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6826 6827 namespace { 6828 6829 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6830 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6831 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6832 6833 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6834 /// 6835 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6836 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6837 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6838 /// 6839 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6840 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6841 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6842 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6843 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6844 /// Recursive type encoding. 6845 /// 6846 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6847 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6848 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6849 /// the type is encountered. 6850 /// 6851 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6852 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6853 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6854 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6855 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6856 /// 6857 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6858 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6859 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6860 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6861 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6862 /// 6863 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6864 /// 6865 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6866 /// cached encoding is used; 6867 /// 6868 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6869 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6870 /// 6871 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6872 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6873 /// 6874 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6875 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6876 /// it is swapped back in; 6877 /// 6878 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6879 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6880 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6881 /// 6882 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6883 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6884 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6885 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6886 /// 6887 class TypeStringCache { 6888 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6889 struct Entry { 6890 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6891 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6892 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6893 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6894 }; 6895 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6896 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6897 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6898 public: 6899 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {} 6900 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6901 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6902 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6903 bool IsRecursive); 6904 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6905 }; 6906 6907 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6908 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6909 class FieldEncoding { 6910 bool HasName; 6911 std::string Enc; 6912 public: 6913 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {} 6914 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();} 6915 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6916 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6917 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6918 } 6919 }; 6920 6921 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6922 public: 6923 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6924 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6925 QualType Ty) const override; 6926 }; 6927 6928 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6929 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6930 public: 6931 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6932 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6933 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6934 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6935 }; 6936 6937 } // End anonymous namespace. 6938 6939 Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, 6940 QualType Ty) const { 6941 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6942 6943 // Get the VAList. 6944 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); 6945 Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize); 6946 6947 // Handle the argument. 6948 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6949 CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); 6950 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6951 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6952 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6953 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6954 6955 Address Val = Address::invalid(); 6956 CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero(); 6957 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6958 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6959 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6960 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6961 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6962 Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign); 6963 ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero(); 6964 break; 6965 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6966 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6967 Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6968 ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity( 6969 getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType())); 6970 ArgSize = ArgSize.RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize); 6971 break; 6972 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6973 Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6974 Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign); 6975 ArgSize = SlotSize; 6976 break; 6977 } 6978 6979 // Increment the VAList. 6980 if (!ArgSize.isZero()) { 6981 llvm::Value *APN = 6982 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP.getPointer(), ArgSize); 6983 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddr); 6984 } 6985 6986 return Val; 6987 } 6988 6989 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6990 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6991 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6992 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6993 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6994 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6995 std::string StubEnc) { 6996 if (!ID) 6997 return; 6998 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6999 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 7000 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 7001 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 7002 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 7003 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 7004 E.State = Incomplete; 7005 ++IncompleteCount; 7006 } 7007 7008 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 7009 /// must be removed from the cache. 7010 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 7011 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 7012 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 7013 if (!ID) 7014 return false; 7015 auto I = Map.find(ID); 7016 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 7017 Entry &E = I->second; 7018 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 7019 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 7020 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 7021 bool IsRecursive = false; 7022 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 7023 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 7024 IsRecursive = true; 7025 --IncompleteUsedCount; 7026 } 7027 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 7028 Map.erase(I); 7029 else { 7030 // Swap the Recursive back. 7031 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 7032 E.Swapped.clear(); 7033 E.State = Recursive; 7034 } 7035 --IncompleteCount; 7036 return IsRecursive; 7037 } 7038 7039 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 7040 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 7041 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 7042 bool IsRecursive) { 7043 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 7044 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 7045 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 7046 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 7047 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 7048 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 7049 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 7050 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 7051 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 7052 return; 7053 } 7054 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 7055 E.Str = Str.str(); 7056 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 7057 } 7058 7059 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 7060 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 7061 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 7062 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 7063 if (!ID) 7064 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 7065 auto I = Map.find(ID); 7066 if (I == Map.end()) 7067 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 7068 Entry &E = I->second; 7069 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 7070 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 7071 7072 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 7073 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 7074 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 7075 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 7076 } 7077 return E.Str.c_str(); 7078 } 7079 7080 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 7081 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 7082 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 7083 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 7084 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 7085 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 7086 /// 7087 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 7088 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 7089 /// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf 7090 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 7091 /// 7092 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 7093 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 7094 7095 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 7096 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 7097 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 7098 SmallStringEnc Enc; 7099 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 7100 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 7101 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals; 7102 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV)); 7103 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 7104 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 7105 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 7106 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 7107 } 7108 } 7109 7110 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 7111 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7112 TypeStringCache &TSC); 7113 7114 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 7115 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration 7116 /// order. 7117 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 7118 const RecordDecl *RD, 7119 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7120 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7121 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 7122 SmallStringEnc Enc; 7123 Enc += "m("; 7124 Enc += Field->getName(); 7125 Enc += "){"; 7126 if (Field->isBitField()) { 7127 Enc += "b("; 7128 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 7129 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 7130 Enc += ':'; 7131 } 7132 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 7133 return false; 7134 if (Field->isBitField()) 7135 Enc += ')'; 7136 Enc += '}'; 7137 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc); 7138 } 7139 return true; 7140 } 7141 7142 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 7143 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 7144 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 7145 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 7146 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7147 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 7148 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 7149 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 7150 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 7151 Enc += TypeString; 7152 return true; 7153 } 7154 7155 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 7156 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 7157 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 7158 Enc += '('; 7159 if (ID) 7160 Enc += ID->getName(); 7161 Enc += "){"; 7162 7163 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 7164 bool IsRecursive = false; 7165 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 7166 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 7167 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 7168 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 7169 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 7170 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 7171 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 7172 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 7173 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 7174 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 7175 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 7176 return false; 7177 } 7178 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 7179 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 7180 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 7181 if (RT->isUnionType()) 7182 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 7183 // We can now complete the TypeString. 7184 unsigned E = FE.size(); 7185 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 7186 if (I) 7187 Enc += ','; 7188 Enc += FE[I].str(); 7189 } 7190 } 7191 Enc += '}'; 7192 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 7193 return true; 7194 } 7195 7196 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 7197 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 7198 TypeStringCache &TSC, 7199 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 7200 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 7201 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 7202 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 7203 Enc += TypeString; 7204 return true; 7205 } 7206 7207 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 7208 Enc += "e("; 7209 if (ID) 7210 Enc += ID->getName(); 7211 Enc += "){"; 7212 7213 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 7214 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 7215 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 7216 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 7217 ++I) { 7218 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 7219 EnumEnc += "m("; 7220 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 7221 EnumEnc += "){"; 7222 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 7223 EnumEnc += '}'; 7224 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 7225 } 7226 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 7227 unsigned E = FE.size(); 7228 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 7229 if (I) 7230 Enc += ','; 7231 Enc += FE[I].str(); 7232 } 7233 } 7234 Enc += '}'; 7235 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 7236 return true; 7237 } 7238 7239 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 7240 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 7241 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 7242 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 7243 static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 7244 int Lookup = 0; 7245 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 7246 Lookup += 1<<0; 7247 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 7248 Lookup += 1<<1; 7249 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 7250 Lookup += 1<<2; 7251 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 7252 } 7253 7254 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 7255 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 7256 const char *EncType; 7257 switch (BT->getKind()) { 7258 case BuiltinType::Void: 7259 EncType = "0"; 7260 break; 7261 case BuiltinType::Bool: 7262 EncType = "b"; 7263 break; 7264 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 7265 EncType = "uc"; 7266 break; 7267 case BuiltinType::UChar: 7268 EncType = "uc"; 7269 break; 7270 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7271 EncType = "sc"; 7272 break; 7273 case BuiltinType::UShort: 7274 EncType = "us"; 7275 break; 7276 case BuiltinType::Short: 7277 EncType = "ss"; 7278 break; 7279 case BuiltinType::UInt: 7280 EncType = "ui"; 7281 break; 7282 case BuiltinType::Int: 7283 EncType = "si"; 7284 break; 7285 case BuiltinType::ULong: 7286 EncType = "ul"; 7287 break; 7288 case BuiltinType::Long: 7289 EncType = "sl"; 7290 break; 7291 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 7292 EncType = "ull"; 7293 break; 7294 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7295 EncType = "sll"; 7296 break; 7297 case BuiltinType::Float: 7298 EncType = "ft"; 7299 break; 7300 case BuiltinType::Double: 7301 EncType = "d"; 7302 break; 7303 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 7304 EncType = "ld"; 7305 break; 7306 default: 7307 return false; 7308 } 7309 Enc += EncType; 7310 return true; 7311 } 7312 7313 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 7314 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 7315 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7316 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7317 Enc += "p("; 7318 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 7319 return false; 7320 Enc += ')'; 7321 return true; 7322 } 7323 7324 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 7325 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 7326 const ArrayType *AT, 7327 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7328 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 7329 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 7330 return false; 7331 Enc += "a("; 7332 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 7333 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 7334 else 7335 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 7336 Enc += ':'; 7337 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7338 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 7339 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 7340 return false; 7341 Enc += ')'; 7342 return true; 7343 } 7344 7345 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 7346 /// and the arguments. 7347 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 7348 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7349 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7350 Enc += "f{"; 7351 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 7352 return false; 7353 Enc += "}("; 7354 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7355 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 7356 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 7357 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 7358 if (I != E) { 7359 do { 7360 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 7361 return false; 7362 ++I; 7363 if (I != E) 7364 Enc += ','; 7365 } while (I != E); 7366 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 7367 Enc += ",va"; 7368 } else { 7369 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 7370 Enc += "va"; 7371 else 7372 Enc += '0'; 7373 } 7374 } 7375 Enc += ')'; 7376 return true; 7377 } 7378 7379 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 7380 /// type encodings. 7381 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 7382 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 7383 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7384 7385 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 7386 7387 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 7388 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7389 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7390 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 7391 7392 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 7393 7394 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 7395 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 7396 7397 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 7398 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 7399 7400 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 7401 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7402 7403 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 7404 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7405 7406 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 7407 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7408 7409 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 7410 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 7411 7412 return false; 7413 } 7414 7415 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 7416 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7417 if (!D) 7418 return false; 7419 7420 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7421 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7422 return false; 7423 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 7424 } 7425 7426 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7427 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7428 return false; 7429 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 7430 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 7431 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 7432 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7433 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7434 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 7435 } 7436 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 7437 } 7438 return false; 7439 } 7440 7441 7442 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7443 // Driver code 7444 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7445 7446 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 7447 return getTarget().getTriple(); 7448 } 7449 7450 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 7451 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 7452 } 7453 7454 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 7455 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 7456 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 7457 7458 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 7459 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 7460 default: 7461 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7462 7463 case llvm::Triple::le32: 7464 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7465 case llvm::Triple::mips: 7466 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 7467 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl) 7468 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7469 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 7470 7471 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 7472 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 7473 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 7474 7475 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 7476 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 7477 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 7478 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 7479 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 7480 7481 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7482 } 7483 7484 case llvm::Triple::wasm32: 7485 case llvm::Triple::wasm64: 7486 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7487 7488 case llvm::Triple::arm: 7489 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 7490 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 7491 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 7492 { 7493 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7494 TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7495 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP); 7496 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 7497 } 7498 7499 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 7500 StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI(); 7501 if (ABIStr == "apcs-gnu") 7502 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 7503 else if (ABIStr == "aapcs16") 7504 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP; 7505 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 7506 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 7507 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 7508 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 7509 7510 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7511 } 7512 7513 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 7514 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7515 new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft")); 7516 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 7517 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 7518 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7519 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 7520 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7521 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx"; 7522 7523 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7524 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX)); 7525 } else 7526 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7527 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 7528 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 7529 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7530 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx") 7531 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7532 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx"; 7533 7534 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7535 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX)); 7536 } 7537 7538 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 7539 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 7540 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7541 7542 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 7543 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7544 7545 case llvm::Triple::systemz: { 7546 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector"; 7547 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7548 HasVector)); 7549 } 7550 7551 case llvm::Triple::tce: 7552 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7553 7554 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 7555 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 7556 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI = 7557 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 7558 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing(); 7559 7560 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7561 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo( 7562 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, 7563 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7564 } else { 7565 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo( 7566 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, 7567 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters, 7568 CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft")); 7569 } 7570 } 7571 7572 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 7573 StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI(); 7574 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx512" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 : 7575 ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX : 7576 X86AVXABILevel::None); 7577 7578 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7579 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 7580 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7581 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel)); 7582 case llvm::Triple::PS4: 7583 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7584 new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel)); 7585 default: 7586 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7587 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel)); 7588 } 7589 } 7590 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7591 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7592 case llvm::Triple::r600: 7593 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7594 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn: 7595 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7596 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7597 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7598 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7599 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7600 } 7601 } 7602